{"title":"Daily Living Aids","description":"\u003cp\u003eDaily living aids are small, practical tools that can make routine tasks easier when strength, reach, grip or movement is limited. MoveSmart’s range includes dressing aids, reachers, sock aids, kitchen helpers, adaptive utensils and other equipment designed to reduce unnecessary bending, stretching and effort at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe right aid depends on the task rather than the diagnosis: a long-handled tool may help with reaching, a dressing aid can reduce awkward bending, while grip or kitchen aids can make everyday objects easier to handle. For personal-care tasks, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bathroom\"\u003ebathroom aids\u003c\/a\u003e; for recovery-focused products, see \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/therapy-aids\"\u003etherapy aids\u003c\/a\u003e. If the main challenge is transferring between surfaces, browse \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/patient-lifts-and-hoists\"\u003epatient lifts, hoists and transfer aids\u003c\/a\u003e. For beds, chairs or sofas that sit too low, see our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/furniture-raisers\"\u003eFurniture Raisers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese products are intended to support independence and simplify everyday routines without making the home feel clinical.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"long-handle-toe-nail-scissors","title":"Long Handle Toe Nail Scissors","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLong Handle Toe Nail Scissors\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese \u003cstrong\u003eLong Handle Toe Nail Scissors\u003c\/strong\u003e are designed to provide extra reach for routine toenail trimming when ordinary nail scissors are difficult to position. The extended handle reduces how far the hand needs to travel toward the feet, while the angled cutting head helps bring the blades into a more practical position around the nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can be useful for people who find bending at the hips or reaching the feet awkward, particularly when nail care is carried out from a stable seated position. The longer reach does not remove the need for good visibility and hand control, so the user should still be able to see the nail clearly and guide the blades safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtra Reach Without a Powered Mechanism\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe simple manual design avoids batteries or motorised parts. Instead, the benefit comes from extending the distance between the user's hand and the cutting head, which can make basic foot care more accessible without adding a complicated mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe comfort-grip handles are intended to provide controlled operation, while the angled blades reduce the need to hold the scissors at the same steep angle as a short grooming tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest for Routine Nail Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese scissors are intended for ordinary toenail trimming. Very thick, distorted, damaged or painful nails may be difficult or unsafe to cut with standard scissors and should not be forced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePeople with diabetes, significantly reduced sensation, circulation concerns or other conditions that make foot injury more consequential should follow their usual professional foot-care advice rather than relying on a long-handled tool alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCleaning and Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the blades clean and dry after use and inspect the hinge and handles before trimming. Personal grooming tools are best kept for individual use unless they are appropriately cleaned between users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the scissors where the cutting edges cannot be contacted accidentally and keep them away from children.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for easier reach to the feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled blades\u003c\/strong\u003e help position the cutting edge at the toenail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfort-grip handles for controlled everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight manual grooming aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for seated nail-care routines where the user can safely see and control the blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these scissors designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are designed for routine toenail trimming with more reach than standard nail scissors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the long handle help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt reduces how far the hand needs to reach toward the foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the blades angled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe angled cutting head helps bring the blades into a more practical position around the toenail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the user has a stable seated position and can clearly see and control the cutting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre they powered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are manual scissors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre they suitable for fingernails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are primarily intended for toenails, where extra reach is most useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they trim very thick nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVery thick, distorted or damaged nails may require a more suitable nail tool or professional foot-care advice rather than forcing the scissors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre they suitable if I have reduced sensation in my feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExtra caution is needed where sensation is reduced. Follow any foot-care guidance you have been given, particularly if a small cut or skin injury could be difficult to detect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the blades be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Wipe and dry the blades after use and keep the scissors clean between users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the scissors be shared?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor hygiene, personal grooming tools are best kept for individual use unless they are appropriately cleaned between users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMake sure the blades and handle are secure, clean and moving normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Long Handle Toe Nail Scissors available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. These grooming scissors are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong-reach toenail scissors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutting head\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngled blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtended comfort-grip design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848300107,"sku":"MS-TOENLSS","price":24.5,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/c7ab6ac1-e674b4_ab6e22a78f804aba8929970dca8fe4b5_mv2.webp?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"food-tray","title":"Food Tray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClip-On Bamboo Food Tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eClip-On Bamboo Food Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a compact temporary surface over a suitable sofa arm or soft rollator seat. Its flexible folding bamboo slats wrap over the supporting surface, giving you a convenient place for light everyday items such as a drink, snack plate, phone, book or remote without needing a separate freestanding table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it is removable and folds down when not in use, the tray is particularly useful where space is limited or where a permanent tray is unnecessary. It can move between compatible furniture and mobility equipment as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful on a Sofa Arm or Compatible Soft-Seat Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a broad sofa arm, the tray creates a flatter surface over upholstery that would otherwise be difficult to use for a cup or plate. On a compatible rollator with a soft seat, it can provide a small stationary tabletop when the walker is parked and the brakes are applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful with suitable soft-seat rollators such as the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-rollator\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/uplivin-trive-walker-rollator\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eUplivin Trive\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/liberator-heavy-duty-foldable-walker\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eAMW Liberator\u003c\/a\u003e, provided the tray sits securely on the individual setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Fit Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tray depends on the shape and width of the surface beneath it rather than permanent fixings. Sofa arms and rollator seats vary substantially, so the tray should sit flat enough that whatever is placed on it remains stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore using it with food, drinks or valuables, test the empty tray first. On a rollator, apply the parking brakes and keep the walker stationary. The tray should never be used as a handhold or body-weight support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFolding Bamboo Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bamboo slats create a firm top while remaining flexible enough to wrap over a suitable support. When the tray is no longer needed, the slatted construction folds down for compact storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor cleaning, wipe the bamboo with a lightly damp cloth and dry it promptly. Avoid soaking the wood or leaving standing moisture on the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBamboo construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible clip-on \/ wrap-over design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a temporary surface for light everyday items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used on suitable sofa arms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also sit over compatible soft rollator seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds down for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent fixings or powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the tray made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tray is made from bamboo slats joined in a flexible folding format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it fit a sofa arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flexible tray wraps over a suitable sofa arm and rests on the supporting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on a rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on a suitable soft-seat rollator where the tray can sit securely and remain level enough for the intended item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it permanently attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a removable tray and requires no permanent fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The slatted design folds down when the tray is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I put on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for light everyday items such as a cup, snack plate, phone or remote when the tray is stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I put very hot cookware on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid placing very hot cookware directly on the bamboo unless an appropriate heat-resistant barrier is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every sofa arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Sofa-arm width, shape and upholstery vary. Check that the tray has enough stable contact before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is best suited to soft-seat rollators with enough supporting area. Test the fit before loading the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rollator brakes be locked while using it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. If using the tray on a rollator, apply the parking brakes and keep the rollator stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a transfer support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tray is a surface for light items and should never be leaned on for body-weight support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the bamboo be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a lightly damp cloth and dry it promptly. Avoid soaking the bamboo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Clip-On Bamboo Food Tray available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This tray is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBamboo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible folding \/ wrap-over tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable sofa arms or compatible soft rollator seats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable; no permanent fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848365643,"sku":"MS-FTBLK","price":75.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/93dcb5de-e674b4_4295208fa27c41789101e565d5eed38b_mv2.webp?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"long-handle-shoe-horn-and-dressing-aid","title":"Long Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-in-1 Long Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLong Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid\u003c\/strong\u003e combines three common dressing functions in one adjustable tool: a long shoe horn, dressing hook and sock-removal aid. The handle extends from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm to 90 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the user extra reach while seated or standing and reducing how far the hand needs to travel toward the feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a useful everyday option for people who find bending, reaching or managing clothing around the lower legs awkward. Because the same tool can help with shoes, garments and sock removal, it can reduce the need to keep several separate long-handled dressing aids nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Reach for Different Dressing Tasks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe telescoping length lets the user shorten the aid when working closer to the body or extend it when more reach is needed. That flexibility can be useful when moving between a chair, bed and standing dressing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor safer use, choose a stable seated position whenever balance is uncertain. The dressing aid is not designed to support body weight and should never be leaned on like a walking stick or grab rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThree Useful Ends in One Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shoe-horn end helps guide the heel into suitable footwear without requiring the hand to reach all the way to the shoe. The dressing hook can help position compatible garments, loops or straps, while the shaped sock-removal end can help ease a sock down the lower leg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGarment and footwear shapes vary, so the tool should be used gently. Avoid forcing the hook or shoe horn where it could snag delicate fabric, damage footwear or scrape the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompact for Storage and Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe reinforced ABS construction keeps the tool lightweight, and the detachable format makes it easier to pack or store when not in use. Smooth rounded surfaces help reduce snagging on clothing during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 design:\u003c\/strong\u003e shoe horn, dressing aid and sock remover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable length from 57–90 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable construction for storage and travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight reinforced ABS plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth rounded surfaces to reduce snagging on clothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual, non-powered daily-living aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat three functions does the tool provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines a long shoe horn, dressing hook and sock-removal aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the adjustable length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle adjusts from approximately 57 cm to 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable length can be set for a stable seated dressing position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while standing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the user is stable and does not need to lean or balance unsafely while dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the shoe horn end help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps guide the heel into a shoe without requiring the hand to reach all the way to the foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can the dressing hook be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can help guide suitable garments, straps or clothing edges into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it used to remove socks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaped end can help catch the upper edge of a sock and guide it down the leg where the sock and user's skin allow comfortable use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current product uses lightweight reinforced ABS plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come apart for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its detachable design makes it easier to store or pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require tools to adjust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo tools are required for normal assembly and adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with every type of shoe or clothing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Footwear and garment shapes vary, so use it only where the shaped ends can engage the item without forcing or snagging it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a weight-bearing aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a dressing tool and must not be used as a cane, grab rail or transfer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Long Handle Shoe Horn and Dressing Aid available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This dressing aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunctions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShoe horn; dressing hook; sock remover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57–90 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced ABS plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848431179,"sku":"MS-SHLNG","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/c03c47b8-e674b4_0f3a521b94b84379bb6d84f061f18335_mv2.webp?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"electronic-blood-pressure-monitor","title":"Electronic Blood Pressure Monitor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eINSMART Electronic Blood Pressure Monitor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eINSMART Electronic Blood Pressure Monitor\u003c\/strong\u003e is an automatic upper-arm monitor designed for convenient blood-pressure and pulse measurements at home. It uses one-touch operation, a large LCD display and memory for two users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe device stores up to \u003cstrong\u003e99 readings for each of two users\u003c\/strong\u003e. It also includes a voice-broadcast function, colour backlight, an irregular-heartbeat indicator and a cuff designed for arm circumferences of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e22–32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic \u003cstrong\u003eupper-arm blood-pressure monitor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-touch operation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5 × 8 cm LCD display\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-user memory\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStores up to \u003cstrong\u003e99 readings per user\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoice broadcast\u003c\/strong\u003e of measurement results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-colour display backlight\u003c\/strong\u003e for the device's visual reading classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIrregular-heartbeat indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e during measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper-arm cuff for approximately \u003cstrong\u003e22–32 cm arm circumference\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable digital design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact for home storage or travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHome Monitoring, Not a Diagnosis\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA home blood-pressure monitor can help record measurements over time, but a single reading or device indicator does not diagnose a medical condition. Correct cuff size, positioning and measurement technique matter. Follow your healthcare professional's advice about how often to measure and what readings require follow-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting More Consistent Home Readings\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectronic Blood Pressure Monitor is most useful when readings are taken with a consistent technique and interpreted as part of a broader health picture. Read the supplied instructions before first use, keep the device clean and use it in the recommended position and environment. Recording results with the date, time and relevant symptoms can make them more useful when discussing health with a clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHome measurements can be affected by movement, recent activity, positioning and technique. Repeat unexpected readings as directed in the manual and seek clinical advice when results or symptoms cause concern. The device supports monitoring but should not delay urgent medical assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere is the cuff worn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an upper-arm monitor. The cuff is fitted around the upper arm according to the device instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat arm size does the cuff fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe listed cuff range is approximately 22–32 cm arm circumference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many people can store readings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe monitor supports two user profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many readings can each user save?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 99 readings can be stored for each user profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have voice output?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The monitor includes a voice-broadcast function for measurement results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the three-colour backlight mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backlight provides a visual classification generated by the device. It should be treated as a guide rather than a medical diagnosis.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it detect irregular heartbeats?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe monitor includes an irregular-heartbeat indicator that may appear during a measurement. An indicator is not a diagnosis; discuss repeated alerts or concerns with a healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the display?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe listed LCD display size is approximately 5 × 8 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the monitor rechargeable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The current product is described as rechargeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I measure immediately after exercise, caffeine or smoking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor consistent home readings, follow the measurement instructions supplied with the monitor and any advice from your healthcare professional. Resting quietly before measurement is commonly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does cuff size matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA cuff that does not fit the arm correctly can affect measurement quality. Confirm your arm circumference falls within the listed 22–32 cm range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I make medication changes based on a home reading?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Do not start, stop or change prescribed medication based only on a home measurement without advice from the healthcare professional managing your treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do if a reading or symptom concerns me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the care plan or advice given by your healthcare professional. Seek urgent medical help for severe or concerning symptoms regardless of what the monitor displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuff range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 22–32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser profiles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMemory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99 readings per user\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 5 × 8 cm LCD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAudio\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoice broadcast\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdditional indicators\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-colour backlight; irregular-heartbeat indicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848627787,"sku":"GM-BP-SL08-P01","price":75.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/852bbb04-e674b4_94c5788fc3d042fd8de52a09a6c3564f_mv2.jpg?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"non-contact-infrared-thermometer","title":"Non-Contact Infrared Thermometer","description":"\u003ch2\u003eNon-Contact Temperature Measurement from 3–5 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern JXB-178 Non-Contact Infrared Thermometer\u003c\/strong\u003e provides contact-free temperature measurement for infants and adults. The thermometer is designed to take forehead measurements from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3–5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e away, helping reduce the need for direct skin contact between users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree modes allow measurement of \u003cstrong\u003eBody, Room and Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e temperatures. The unit stores up to \u003cstrong\u003e32 previous measurements\u003c\/strong\u003e, offers Celsius or Fahrenheit display and powers off automatically when not in use. Always follow the supplied operating instructions so the selected mode, measuring distance and ambient conditions are appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUsing an Infrared Thermometer Consistently\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInfrared thermometers are convenient, but technique matters. Use the correct mode, keep the measuring distance consistent and avoid taking a forehead reading immediately after the person has come in from a markedly hotter or colder environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a result seems unexpected, repeat the measurement according to the instructions. A temperature reading is one piece of information and should be considered alongside symptoms and appropriate health advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBody, Room and Surface Modes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBody mode\u003c\/strong\u003e is intended for forehead temperature measurement. \u003cstrong\u003eRoom\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSurface\u003c\/strong\u003e modes are provided for environmental or object temperatures and should not be confused with the body-temperature setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 32-reading memory can be useful for comparing recent measurements without writing each one down, while the °C\/°F option lets the display match the user's preferred unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-contact infrared temperature measurement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended measuring distance of approximately 3–5 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody, Room and Surface modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMemory for up to 32 measurements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCelsius and Fahrenheit display options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic power-off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for forehead temperature measurement in infants and adults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowered by two AA batteries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting More Consistent Home Readings\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNon-Contact Infrared Thermometer is most useful when readings are taken with a consistent technique and interpreted as part of a broader health picture. Read the supplied instructions before first use, keep the device clean and use it in the recommended position and environment. Recording results with the date, time and relevant symptoms can make them more useful when discussing health with a clinician.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHome measurements can be affected by movement, recent activity, positioning and technique. Repeat unexpected readings as directed in the manual and seek clinical advice when results or symptoms cause concern. The device supports monitoring but should not delay urgent medical assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far from the forehead should the thermometer be held?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe JXB-452.1 cm (178\")structions specify a measuring distance of approximately 3–5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat measurement modes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides Body, Room and Surface modes. Select the appropriate mode for what you are measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many readings can it store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe thermometer stores up to 32 previous measurements in memory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it display Celsius and Fahrenheit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The unit supports both °C and °F display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need to touch the skin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for non-contact forehead measurement when used at the recommended distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for infants and adults?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe JXB-452.1 cm (178\")structions describe forehead temperature measurement for infants and adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it measure room or surface temperature?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Room and Surface modes are provided in addition to Body mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe JXB-178 uses two AA batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy might two readings differ?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInfrared readings can be affected by measuring distance, mode, forehead conditions and the surrounding environment. Use a consistent technique and repeat the reading if a result seems unusual.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould Body mode be used for objects or room temperature?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use the dedicated Room or Surface mode for those measurements so the device interprets the infrared reading appropriately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it really provide 100,000 readings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo verified current source was found for the previous 100,000-reading claim, so that claim has been removed from this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do if the result seems unusual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRepeat the measurement using the correct mode, distance and operating instructions. Temperature readings should be considered alongside symptoms and appropriate health advice rather than used as a diagnosis by themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern JXB-452.1 cm (178\")frared Thermometer available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This thermometer is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJXB-178\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMeasurement method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-contact infrared\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended distance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody, Room, Surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMemory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 32 measurements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay units\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e°C \/ °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower saving\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic power-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848758859,"sku":"GM-GBMD-JXB-178","price":179.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/31c82166-e674b4_11477dcada9345208747a83c34dade75_mv2.jpg?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"over-wheelchair-table","title":"Over Wheelchair Table","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Over Wheelchair Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Over Wheelchair Table\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a convenient surface for meals, reading, writing and everyday activities while seated in a wheelchair. Its robust \u003cstrong\u003eanodised aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e and wheelchair-friendly base are designed to allow close access without unnecessary obstruction around the chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table is \u003cstrong\u003eheight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e and rolls on \u003cstrong\u003efour smooth-running castors\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy repositioning. The Goldfern instructions specify a \u003cstrong\u003e10 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e; the table should not be sat on or used as a support when standing or sitting down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for a robust, practical construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheelchair-compatible base\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to allow close positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e for different users and chair setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour smooth-running castors\u003c\/strong\u003e for manoeuvrability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for meals, reading, writing and compatible personal devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Over Wheelchair Table?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table is purpose-designed around wheelchair access rather than being a general household table placed in front of a chair. Its open base, adjustable height and castors make it easier to position a useful work or meal surface close to the user while keeping the setup straightforward for everyday home or care use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Over Wheelchair Table is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the wheelchair frame, footrests or wheels. Check the usable height range, base clearance and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning, twisting or trapping their legs beneath the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for the chair and table to move independently, and apply any provided brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the surface. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or angle adjustments should be made carefully so loose objects cannot slide from the tabletop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Over Wheelchair Table designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides an accessible surface for everyday activities such as meals, reading, writing and using suitable personal devices while seated in a wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the frame aluminium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern specifies a robust anodised aluminium frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the table height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop height can be raised or lowered to suit the user and wheelchair setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the height adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Goldfern instructions use a hand nut and ratchet lever. The hand nut should be loosened before adjusting the tabletop, then tightened again once the preferred height is set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published safe working load is 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I lean on the table when standing up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Goldfern specifically advises not to lean on the table for support when sitting down or standing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the table be used as a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a tabletop and must not be sat on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many castors does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe table has four smooth-running castor wheels for repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the base accommodate a wheelchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is specifically designed to accommodate wheelchairs and allow close access. Wheelchair dimensions and individual setup should still be checked for fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for home and care environments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its accessible design makes it suitable for everyday use in homes and care settings where an over-wheelchair surface is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Over Wheelchair Table available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Over Wheelchair Table is available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned to accommodate wheelchairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCastors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 smooth-running castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849119307,"sku":"GF-OVRCHRTBL","price":339.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/a860e8f2-e674b4_a1e9265c1817497a882cd63764dd4e3a_mv2.jpg?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"transfer-disc-rolko-easy-transfer","title":"Transfer Disc Rolko Easy TRANSFER","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStanding Pivot Transfer Disc for Assisted Transfers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Disc\u003c\/strong\u003e is a floor-based turning aid designed to support \u003cstrong\u003econtrolled standing pivot transfers with the assistance of a helper\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is intended for people who can stand and bear most of their own weight through their legs but may have difficulty turning safely between nearby surfaces such as a bed, wheelchair, chair or toilet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user places both feet centrally on the grey non-slip surface. During the transfer, the helper steadies and controls the disc with one foot while assisting the user from sitting to standing, rotating them into position, and lowering them onto the destination surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the EasyTRANSFER Disc Is Intended to Be Used\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a \u003cstrong\u003estanding pivot disc for the feet\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not primarily a seated transfer disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a typical bed-to-wheelchair transfer, the wheelchair is positioned as close as practical to the bed and secured against rolling. The transfer disc is placed flat on the floor between the two surfaces with the grey slip-resistant side facing upwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe helper places the heel on the floor and the ball of one foot on the disc to prevent uncontrolled rotation. The user’s feet are positioned centrally on the disc. The user is then assisted into standing, rotates while standing on the disc, and is slowly lowered onto the wheelchair once the correct position is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Is It Suitable For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EasyTRANSFER is intended for a person who can \u003cstrong\u003ecarry their own weight through their legs to a substantial degree\u003c\/strong\u003e and can stand in balance, either independently or with appropriate support. It should always be used with a helper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not suitable where the user cannot bear their own weight, cannot stand securely enough for the transfer, or where a helper is not available. In those situations, a different transfer method such as a hoist may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSeated Transfer Use with a Transfer Board\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe disc can also be used as part of a \u003cstrong\u003eseated transfer system when combined with the Rolko EasyTRANSFER transfer board\u003c\/strong\u003e. That is an additional use rather than the primary function of the disc on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStanding pivot transfer aid\u003c\/strong\u003e for assisted transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e41.3 cm disc diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.7 cm overall height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e46 cm overall width including handles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrey \u003cstrong\u003eslip-resistant upper surface\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated handles for lifting and positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eindoor use on flat, dry floors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used with the Rolko EasyTRANSFER transfer board for selected seated transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical-device accessory with CE marking under EU MDR.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeets the applicable sections of \u003cstrong\u003eDIN EN ISO 21856\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Safety Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe user must not use the disc alone; a helper is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe user must be able to bear their own weight through their legs to a substantial degree.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only on a flat, dry floor with adequate slip resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe helper should stabilise and control the disc during the transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use a damaged or defective disc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the disc before each use and make sure it rotates freely and remains stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not leave it lying on the floor when not in use because it can create a trip hazard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCleaning and Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a damp cloth and, if needed, a mild non-abrasive pH-neutral household cleaner using lukewarm water. Household disinfectants can also be used by spray or wipe application. Cleaning or disinfecting agents containing chlorine or active chlorine should not be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore each use, check that the disc is undamaged and working correctly. Monthly checks should include visual condition, ease of rotation, the screw connection between the upper and lower sections, and overall stability and slip resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a standing pivot disc for the feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYes.\u003c\/strong\u003e That is its primary intended use. The user stands with both feet centred on the disc while a helper assists and controls the turning movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for a bed-to-wheelchair transfer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The instruction manual specifically demonstrates a bed-to-wheelchair standing pivot transfer using the disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for transfers to and from a toilet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be used for other nearby position changes, including transfers involving a toilet, provided the user and helper can complete the standing transfer safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the user need to be able to stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The user must be able to bear most of their own weight through their legs and stand securely enough to complete the pivot transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used without a helper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The disc is intended to be used with assistance from a helper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the helper control the disc?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe helper places the heel on the floor and the ball of one foot on the transfer disc to stabilise and regulate the turning movement during the pivot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for seated transfers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but only as an additional application when used together with a suitable Rolko EasyTRANSFER transfer board. The disc on its own is primarily a standing pivot aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load is 130 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the disc diameter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe turning surface is approximately 41.3 cm in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the disc?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height is approximately 3.7 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it including the handles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe total width including the handles is approximately 46 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product weighs approximately 1.8 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of floor should it be used on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it indoors on a flat, dry floor that allows stable, slip-resistant positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The instructions specify indoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck for damage, make sure the disc rotates smoothly, confirm there is no unwanted play between the upper and lower sections, and make sure the disc is stable and slip-resistant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a damp cloth with lukewarm water and, if necessary, a mild non-abrasive pH-neutral household cleaner. Chlorine-based cleaners should not be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it a medical device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied as an accessory for Class I medical devices, carries CE marking under EU MDR 2017\/745 and meets the applicable sections of DIN EN ISO 21856.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Disc \/ Turning Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDRT-400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssisted standing pivot transfer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisc diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal width including handles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpper surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey, slip-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterials\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePS, TPE, PP, PA and galvanised steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+10 to +40°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse environment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor use on flat, dry floors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHelper required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeated-transfer compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan be combined with Rolko EasyTRANSFER transfer board RBK-700-01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplicable sections of DIN EN ISO 21856\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegulatory status\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE marked under EU MDR 2017\/745 as an accessory for Class I medical devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBasic UDI-DI\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e426067605DTEASYTRANSFERWA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Rolko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849184843,"sku":"TW-TRNSFRDISC","price":199.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/959ce177-e674b4_be9e44cd8012440bb198dfbd81ce51e7_mv2.jpg?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"transfer-board-rolko-easy-transfer","title":"Transfer Board Rolko Easy TRANSFER","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Board – 70 cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Board\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 70 cm sliding board designed to bridge short gaps during seated transfers, such as between a wheelchair and bed, chair or compatible vehicle seat. It includes integrated handholds plus recesses shaped to provide clearance around wheelchair tyres and push rims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70 cm long x 23 cm wide x 1.2 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg carrying capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e1.65 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e product weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated handles for positioning and carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecesses for wheelchair tyres and push rims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for assisted or appropriate independent seated transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be combined with the Rolko EasyTRANSFER transfer disc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDR-compliant medical device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Transfer Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA transfer board should bridge two stable surfaces with enough overlap at each end to remain secure. The user's transfer ability, upper-body control and need for assistance should be assessed before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning a Controlled Transfer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer Board Rolko Easy TRANSFER is intended to support a specific part of a transfer rather than replace good positioning and an appropriate transfer technique. The starting and destination surfaces should be stable, close enough for the planned movement and arranged so the user and caregiver can work without twisting or reaching unexpectedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore regular use, confirm that the product’s dimensions and stated load rating suit the user and environment. Clothing, footwear, floor condition and the height difference between surfaces can all affect how smoothly a transfer works. A physiotherapist or occupational therapist can help determine suitability and teach a technique matched to the person’s strength, balance and ability to follow instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/qfYfmbjuhEA?si=74mTVS8qkozAMjoS\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the board used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt helps bridge a short gap so a seated user can move across between suitable surfaces without needing a full standing transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the board?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide and thick is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 23 cm wide and 1.2 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the carrying capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carrying capacity is 130 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1.65 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the board have recesses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shaped recesses provide clearance around wheelchair tyres and push rims when the board is positioned beside a wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used independently?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome users with appropriate strength, balance and transfer technique may use it independently. Others will require assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be combined with the Rolko transfer disc?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Rolko lists the EasyTRANSFER disc as a compatible accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the board be used for standing transfers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a seated sliding-transfer board and should not be stood on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it work between any two surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The surfaces must be stable, close enough together and at suitable heights for the board and user's transfer technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it remove the need for transfer training?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A suitable transfer technique is important. Seek occupational-therapy or physiotherapy guidance if transfer safety is uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould the board be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Do not use it if cracked, damaged, excessively worn or unable to sit securely between the transfer surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Rolko EasyTRANSFER Transfer Board available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This transfer board is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarrying capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Rolko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849250379,"sku":"TW-TRNSFRBRD","price":119.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b94b590c-e674b4_d3c956b4f23e4c4a8f592148b47fe3f7_mv2.jpg?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"leg-lifter-strap","title":"Leg Lifter Strap","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLeg Lifter Strap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLeg Lifter Strap\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple manual positioning aid designed to help guide a leg during everyday movements such as getting into or out of bed, moving the foot toward a wheelchair footplate or repositioning the leg onto a footstool. It measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e99 cm \/ 99.1 cm (39\") long.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hand or wrist loop at the upper end provides a larger point to hold while the reinforced lower loop supports the foot during a small controlled positioning movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen a Leg Lifter Can Help\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe strap can be useful when the leg is difficult to lift or guide through the last part of a movement but the user can still control the task safely. Common examples include bringing a leg onto the bed, repositioning it after sitting down or guiding the foot onto a wheelchair footplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a positioning aid rather than a transfer device. The strap is not designed to lift the person's body weight, pull someone across a surface or replace a hoist, sling or hands-on assistance where those are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact and Easy to Keep Nearby\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe narrow strap format makes the Leg Lifter easy to store beside the bed, in a mobility bag or with other dressing and transfer aids. There are no powered components or adjustments to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the webbing, loops and internal core before use. Do not use the strap if the material is torn, the loop is damaged or the stiffened core has broken through the outer covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 99 cm \/ 99.1 cm (39\") long\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand\/wrist loop for controlled positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced foot loop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and portable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual, non-powered aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for leg positioning rather than body-weight lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the Leg Lifter Strap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is approximately 99 cm, or 99.1 cm (39\"), long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it held?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upper end includes a loop for the hand or wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the foot fit into it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower reinforced loop is positioned around the foot so the user can guide the leg with the hand loop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it help with getting a leg onto a bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, where the user can safely control the movement and the leg lifter is appropriate for the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it help position a foot on a wheelchair footplate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may help guide the leg toward the footplate when the user can do so safely from a stable seated position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it a transfer sling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not designed to lift a person's body weight or replace a hoist or transfer sling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a carer use it to pull a person?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is intended to guide the leg, not to drag or lift the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it powered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a manual positioning aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it portable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The narrow strap format is easy to store or carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould it be inspected before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Check the loops, webbing and rigid core for damage before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat if moving the leg causes pain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop the movement and follow any mobility or rehabilitation advice that applies to the user rather than forcing the leg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Leg Lifter Strap available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This positioning aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 99.9655%; height: 137.2px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 41.9741%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 55.4224%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 41.9741%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 55.4224%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eApproximately 99 cm \/ 99.1 cm (39\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 41.9741%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eUpper end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 55.4224%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eHand or wrist loop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 41.9741%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eLower end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 55.4224%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eReinforced foot loop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 41.9741%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 55.4224%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eLeg positioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.6px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 41.9741%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eBody-weight lifting aid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 55.4224%; height: 19.6px;\"\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849643595,"sku":"MS-LEGLIFT","price":45.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/d26f90cf-e674b4_1b3e7f844ef7433bab55ef65ffd07e54_mv2.webp?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"ergonomic-vegetable-peeler-no-grip-required","title":"Ergonomic Vegetable Peeler (no grip required)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHand-Supported Ergonomic Vegetable Peeler\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Vegetable Peeler\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to make everyday peeling easier to control without relying on the narrow pinch grip used by a conventional straight-handled peeler. Instead, the tool sits across the hand with broad non-slip contact surfaces, while a stainless steel blade peels suitable fruit and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis style can be useful for people who find gripping a slim utensil uncomfortable or tiring, including users with reduced hand strength, stiffness or limited dexterity. It does not make peeling completely grip-free — the user still needs enough hand control to position the tool safely — but it changes where and how the hand applies force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Hand-Supported Shape Can Be Easier\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA traditional peeler is usually held between the fingers and palm, which can require sustained pinching while the wrist guides the blade. The broader ergonomic design spreads contact across more of the hand and can reduce reliance on a tight fingertip grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor many users, that makes the motion feel more natural when peeling common produce such as potatoes, carrots and apples. The exact benefit will depend on the person's hand function, preferred peeling direction and the size and shape of the food being prepared.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSimple Food Preparation Without Interchangeable Parts\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe peeler uses a fixed stainless steel blade, so there are no blade cartridges or small attachments to swap between uses. That keeps the tool simple to pick up, clean and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any sharp kitchen tool, use it on a stable work surface and keep fingers clear of the cutting edge. If the user has substantially reduced sensation or hand control, another preparation method or assistance may be safer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between MoveSmart Peeler Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this \u003cstrong\u003ehand-supported ergonomic peeler\u003c\/strong\u003e when reducing reliance on a narrow handle is the main priority. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/easy-grip-vegetable-peeler-set\"\u003eEasy Grip Vegetable Peeler Set\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is a better fit when you want three separate tools for peeling, grating and shredding with broader conventional-style handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-supported ergonomic design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to reduce reliance on a tight conventional peeler grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel peeling blade\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip finger and hand contact surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for common produce such as potatoes, carrots and apples.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact, lightweight kitchen aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo interchangeable blades or powered parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require absolutely no grip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo hand tool is completely grip-free. The design is intended to reduce reliance on a tight pinch grip compared with a conventional narrow-handled peeler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the blade made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat foods can it peel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used with suitable fruit and vegetables such as potatoes, carrots and apples.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with wet hands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe non-slip contact surfaces are intended to improve control, but hands and the tool should still be kept as clean and dry as practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for left-handed users?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hand-supported shape may suit either hand, subject to the user's preferred peeling direction and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the blade sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Treat it as a normal kitchen blade and keep fingers clear of the cutting edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used by someone with weak hands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may reduce the need for a narrow pinch grip, but the user still needs enough hand control to position the tool safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a scrub brush?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current listing is for the peeler itself; no additional cleaning-brush function should be assumed unless it is present on the supplied item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the Easy Grip Vegetable Peeler Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis model uses a hand-supported shape to reduce reliance on a narrow handle. The Easy Grip set provides three separate handled tools for peeling, grating and shredding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWash using a method suitable for stainless steel and the handle material, then dry thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore it so the blade cannot be contacted accidentally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Ergonomic Vegetable Peeler available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This kitchen aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-supported vegetable peeler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBroad ergonomic hand support with non-slip contact areas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterchangeable blades\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676850135115,"sku":"MS-ERGOVEGPEEL","price":15.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/4f6fdade-e674b4_108b17553a7346e9b00fb2d791349162_mv2.webp?v=1754901811"},{"product_id":"easy-grip-vegetable-peeler-set","title":"Easy Grip Vegetable Peeler Set","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEasy Grip Vegetable Peeler Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Grip Vegetable Peeler Set\u003c\/strong\u003e is a three-piece food-preparation set designed to make common peeling, grating and shredding tasks easier to manage with a broader, softer handle than many conventional kitchen utensils. Each tool uses a textured grip and stainless steel working edge, with colour-coded handles that make the three functions easy to tell apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set can be useful for anyone who prefers a larger gripping surface during food preparation, including people who find narrow kitchen-tool handles uncomfortable or awkward to control. It remains a set of sharp manual utensils, so the user still needs enough hand control and coordination to work safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThree Tools for Different Preparation Tasks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRather than using one interchangeable head, the set includes three separate tools. Their working edges provide peeling, grating and shredding functions for suitable fruit and vegetables, so the user can select the tool that best matches the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe separate-tool format also keeps operation simple: there are no blades to change and no small parts to swap between tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Broader Handle Can Help\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany ordinary peelers rely on a narrow handle that needs to be held firmly between the fingers and palm. The Easy Grip design provides a broader, textured contact area, which can feel easier to stabilise for users who prefer to spread the load across more of the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does not eliminate the need for grip or control, and suitability will vary from person to person. If the user has very limited hand function, reduced sensation or difficulty safely controlling sharp kitchen tools, another preparation method or assistance may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSimple Everyday Kitchen Aid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stainless steel working surfaces are suited to normal food-preparation use on compatible produce. After use, clean the tools promptly and dry them thoroughly so food residue does not remain around the blades or grating surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the handle material is not confirmed as latex-free. Users who need to avoid latex should not assume this set is suitable without further confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece set\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate tools for peeling, grating and shredding suitable produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft textured easy-grip handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel peeling and grating surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour-coded handles help distinguish the tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo interchangeable blades or assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and lightweight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan generally be held in either hand depending on the task and individual cutting edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many tools are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree separate tools are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat tasks can the set perform?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set provides peeling, grating and shredding functions for suitable fruit and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the working edges made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe peeling and grating surfaces are stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the handles easier to hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handles use a broader soft-textured surface rather than the narrow hard handle found on many traditional peelers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the tools be used with either hand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can generally be held in either hand, although ease of use depends on the user, the task and the direction of the individual cutting edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the tools latex-free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLatex-free status is not confirmed for the handle material, so do not rely on this set where latex avoidance is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the blades sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The peeling and grating edges should be treated as sharp kitchen tools and handled carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used on all foods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use each tool only on produce that is appropriate for its blade or grating surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to change blades between functions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The set uses three separate tools, so there are no small interchangeable blades to remove or fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan someone with reduced hand strength use them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe broader textured handles may be helpful for some users, but sufficient control is still required to use sharp kitchen tools safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the set be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the tools promptly after use using a method appropriate for the stainless steel and handle materials, then dry them thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Easy Grip Vegetable Peeler Set available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This kitchen aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunctions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeeling, grating and shredding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft textured easy-grip design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterchangeable blades\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLatex-free status\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot confirmed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676850397259,"sku":"MS-EGRPVEGPEEL","price":20.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ad277f56-e674b4_db09571b01794779884aa58020d9c7bb_mv2.webp?v=1754901811"},{"product_id":"360-rotating-car-seat-cushion","title":"360° Rotating Car Seat Cushion","description":"\u003ch2\u003e360° Rotating Car Seat Cushion\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e360° Rotating Car Seat Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a padded swivelling surface on a suitable vehicle or household seat. Instead of having to twist the hips and trunk as much when turning to sit or stand, the user can rotate with the cushion through a full 360 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis can make getting in and out of a car feel more straightforward for people who find turning on a fixed seat awkward. The memory-foam cushion also adds a layer of padding, while the lightweight design makes it easy to move between suitable seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow It Can Help with Vehicle Transfers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCar seats often require the body to turn while the feet remain outside the vehicle. A rotating cushion can reduce how much of that turning has to come from the user's hips and torso by allowing the seated surface itself to rotate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cushion does not lift the user or replace transfer assistance where that is needed. Its role is simply to provide a smoother turning surface on a seat that is already broad, stable and suitable for the cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePortable for Home or Car Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it does not require installation, the cushion can also be used on compatible dining chairs or other stable household seating. It is best on a reasonably flat seat with enough surface area to keep the cushion centred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHighly contoured, narrow or strongly sloping seats may not provide a secure base. In a vehicle, always make sure the cushion does not interfere with the seatbelt, seat controls or driving position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360° rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMemory-foam cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft polyester cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable between suitable seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used on compatible vehicle, office or dining seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo installation or powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to reduce the need for twisting on a fixed seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck the Seat Before Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe underlying seat must be broad, stable and shaped so the cushion can sit securely. Highly contoured, narrow or sloping seats may not provide a stable base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far does the cushion rotate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt rotates through 360 degrees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is inside the cushion?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA memory foam core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cover made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current product uses a soft polyester cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in a car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where the car seat provides a stable surface and the cushion does not interfere with seatbelt use or vehicle controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on a dining chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on a stable chair with enough flat seating area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an office chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may be suitable, but avoid unstable rolling or swivelling chair setups where the combined movement could make transfers less controlled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it lift the user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It rotates only; it is not a lifting device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace a transfer aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. If a person needs more than a rotating surface for a safe transfer, another aid or assistance may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the setup be tested first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Check that the cushion remains centred and stable before relying on it during a transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it affect sitting height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cushion adds some height, which can alter leg position and available headroom in a vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the cover according to the material-care instructions and keep the rotating base free from debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 360° Rotating Car Seat Cushion available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This rotating seat cushion is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCushion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMemory foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible vehicle and household seats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676850430027,"sku":"MS-360ROTSEAT","price":55.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/d8dd15c6-e674b4_c8058cea1e1d4a51a06003b52ddd58f3_mv2.webp?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"car-exit-assist-handle","title":"Car Exit Assist Handle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Car Exit Assist Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Car Exit Assist Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact vehicle transfer aid that creates an extra handhold beside the seat when getting into or out of a car. It inserts into a \u003cstrong\u003ecompatible exposed car-door striker\u003c\/strong\u003e when the door is open, giving the user a firmer point to push down on rather than relying only on the door, seat edge or another person.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e22.5 cm long\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e145 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is small enough to keep in the vehicle between trips. It also incorporates an \u003cstrong\u003eemergency glass-breaking tip\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003econcealed seat-belt cutter\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it can remain accessible as part of the vehicle’s emergency equipment when not being used as a transfer aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is This Car Transfer Aid Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis style of handle can be useful for people who can still stand and transfer but benefit from an additional stable handhold as they rise from or lower themselves into a vehicle seat. It may suit people with reduced leg strength, stiffness, balance concerns or limited confidence during vehicle transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe key consideration is \u003cstrong\u003evehicle compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e. Door strikers differ in shape, orientation, position and surrounding trim. Before relying on the handle, check that it inserts fully, sits securely and gives the user a comfortable hand position without contacting or damaging the vehicle trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemporary transfer handhold\u003c\/strong\u003e for getting into and out of a vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits a compatible exposed car-door striker\u003c\/strong\u003e with no permanent installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 22.5 cm overall length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e145 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic handgrip\u003c\/strong\u003e for pushing down during a transfer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in \u003cstrong\u003eemergency glass-breaking tip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealed \u003cstrong\u003eseat-belt cutter\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact size for storage in the vehicle between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Handle Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the vehicle door fully, insert the handle into the compatible exposed striker and confirm it is seated securely before putting body weight through it. The user should have a stable foot position and transfer in a controlled movement. Remove the handle before closing the vehicle door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eadditional handhold rather than a lifting device\u003c\/strong\u003e. If a person needs substantial physical assistance, cannot bear weight safely, or has difficulty controlling the transfer, a different transfer solution or hands-on assistance may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/kZ25HhcuiKE?si=Qxqu30q-Ow-GxtZy\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Car Exit Assist Handle attach to the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt inserts into a compatible exposed car-door striker while the door is open. It does not require screws, brackets or permanent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Door-striker shape, position and surrounding trim vary between vehicles. Check that the handle inserts fully and sits securely before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho may find this type of car handle useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit people who are still able to transfer but benefit from an extra handhold when standing from or lowering into a vehicle seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall length is approximately 22.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 145 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have an emergency glass breaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An emergency glass-breaking tip is built into the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a seat-belt cutter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A concealed seat-belt cutter is included as an emergency feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the handle remain fitted while driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Remove it from the door striker after the transfer and before closing the vehicle door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on either side of a vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may be used at a compatible striker on the side that suits the transfer, provided the striker shape, position and surrounding vehicle layout allow secure use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before each use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the handle and striker are undamaged, the tool seats securely, the surrounding trim does not interfere and the user can reach the grip comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the handle lift the user out of the car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It provides a handhold to push against during a transfer; it does not mechanically lift the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a replacement for assistance when a transfer is unsafe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. If the person cannot transfer safely with the available supports, appropriate assistance or a different transfer aid should be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep it somewhere accessible in the vehicle, such as a secure door pocket or storage compartment, where it will not become a loose obstruction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Car Exit Assist Handle available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Car Exit Assist Handle is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle transfer handhold and emergency tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 22.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible exposed car-door striker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemporary; no permanent fitting required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEmergency features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass-breaking tip and concealed seat-belt cutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact for in-vehicle storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852527179,"sku":"GF-CARDOORAST","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/5398fcd9-e674b4_f7e8d1c5719541a78dfd4e219e1ec4e3_mv2.png?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"easy-grip-button-hook-aid-with-non-slip-handle","title":"Easy-Grip Button Hook Aid With Non-Slip Handle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eEasy-Grip Button Hook Aid with Zipper Pull\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEasy-Grip Button Hook Aid\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-ended dressing tool designed to make small clothing fasteners easier to manage. One end uses a wire loop to help draw compatible buttons through their buttonholes, while the opposite end includes a small hook for suitable zipper pull tabs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA broad ribbed non-slip handle gives the user a larger surface to hold than a small button or zip tab. This can be useful when fine finger movements, pinch grip or dexterity make ordinary fastening difficult, while keeping the tool completely manual and straightforward to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwo Dressing Functions in One Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe button-hook end is used by passing the wire loop through the buttonhole, catching the button and gently drawing it back through. The zipper end can engage a compatible pull tab so the user can move the zip using the larger handle instead of gripping the small tab directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause buttons, buttonholes and zipper tabs vary considerably, the tool will not suit every garment. It works best where the wire loop or hook can engage the fastener without forcing delicate fabric or placing excessive strain on the clothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Larger Handle Can Be Easier to Manage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFastening clothing often requires a precise pinch between the fingertips. The Easy-Grip handle increases the size of the contact area and provides a textured surface, which can make the action more manageable for users who find small fasteners awkward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tool does not remove the need for hand control altogether. Some users may also find it easier to use when the garment is supported against the body or another stable surface rather than held loosely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful for Everyday Dressing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compact design makes the button hook easy to keep with other dressing aids or take when travelling. It requires no batteries, setup or assembly. Before use, check that the wire loop and zipper hook are straight, secure and free from damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-in-one dressing aid\u003c\/strong\u003e with button hook and zipper pull.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel wire loop for compatible buttons and buttonholes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall hook for suitable zipper pull tabs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad ribbed non-slip handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces reliance on directly pinching small fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight manual design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo batteries or assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for many shirts, trousers, jackets and other compatible garments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the button hook do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wire loop passes through a buttonhole, catches the button and helps draw it back through the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the zipper hook used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small hook can engage a compatible zipper pull tab so the larger handle can be used to move the zip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with every button?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Button size, shape, spacing and buttonhole size vary. It works best where the wire loop can pass through the buttonhole without forcing the fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with every zipper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The zipper tab needs an opening or shape that the hook can engage securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the handle easier to hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides a broad ribbed non-slip surface rather than requiring the user to pinch a small button or zipper tab directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with one hand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome users may be able to use it one-handed depending on the garment, their dexterity and how the clothing is positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it damage fabric?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt should be used gently. Stop if the wire catches or places excessive tension on delicate fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for very small decorative buttons?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompatibility depends on the buttonhole and wire-loop clearance, so very small or tightly fitted fasteners may not suit the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is completely manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the wire loop be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Do not use the tool if the wire is bent, damaged or loose in the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore it where the wire loop and zipper hook will not be bent or snagged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Easy-Grip Button Hook Aid available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This dressing aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunctions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eButton hook and zipper pull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBroad ribbed non-slip grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eButton end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel wire loop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eZipper end\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall pull hook for compatible tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855443531,"sku":"MS-BTNZIPHLP","price":20.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/c711b13d-e674b4_5071a21083ed42e2a4fc5cee294f08fd_mv2.webp?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"ergonomic-can-ring-pull-helper","title":"Ergonomic Can Ring-Pull Helper","description":"\u003ch2\u003eErgonomic Can Ring-Pull Helper\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic Can Ring-Pull Helper\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact kitchen aid designed to make compatible ring-pull cans easier to open without relying on a fingertip or fingernail to lift a stiff metal tab. The tool engages the ring pull and gives the user a broader handle and lever point for the opening movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis can be useful for people who find small metal tabs awkward to pinch, lift or hook directly. The broad non-slip handle spreads the contact area across more of the hand, while the manual lever action helps convert a relatively small hand movement into upward force on the tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned Specifically for Ring-Pull Cans\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tool is intended for cans with a suitable ring-pull tab. It is not a cutting can opener and will not open conventional sealed cans that do not have a compatible pull ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRing tabs vary in size, shape and clearance from the lid, so universal fit cannot be guaranteed. If the helper does not engage the tab cleanly, avoid forcing it and use another safe opening method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Larger Handle Can Help\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpening a can by hand often involves getting a nail under the tab and then maintaining a precise pinch as the ring lifts. The Ring-Pull Helper replaces much of that small-finger action with a larger gripping surface and a levering movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe user still needs enough control to position the tool securely and manage the opened can safely. Once a lid starts to open, exposed metal edges can be sharp and should be handled with care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSimple Everyday Kitchen Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe helper requires no batteries, moving mechanisms or assembly. Its compact size makes it easy to keep in a utensil drawer, and a hanging hole provides another storage option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatible \u003cstrong\u003ering-pull can tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad ergonomic handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip gripping surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual lever-style lifting action.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces reliance on hooking a fingernail beneath the tab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact everyday kitchen aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hole for convenient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo batteries or assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Ring-Pull Helper designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to lift suitable ring-pull tabs on cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it reduce finger effort?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tool engages the tab and provides a larger handle and leverage point than using a fingertip alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every ring-pull can?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit is guaranteed. Tab size, shape and clearance vary between cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it open ordinary sealed cans without ring pulls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not a substitute for a cutting can opener.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it also a jar opener?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is intended for the ring-pull function. It should not be assumed to fit or safely open every jar or bottle cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a completely manual lever tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the handle broad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA broader handle provides more surface area to hold than a small metal ring tab and can reduce reliance on a precise fingertip pinch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for reduced grip strength?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may make the opening action easier for some users, but sufficient hand control is still needed to position and lever the tool safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan children use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpening cans can expose sharp metal edges. Children should only use kitchen-opening tools with appropriate supervision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould damaged tabs be forced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. If a tab is bent, broken or unusually stiff, use another safe opening method rather than forcing the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the hanging hole or keep it in a utensil drawer where it will remain clean and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Ergonomic Can Ring-Pull Helper available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This kitchen aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible ring-pull can tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBroad ergonomic non-slip design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual lever action\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutting can opener\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging hole or utensil drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855476299,"sku":"MS-CANOPN","price":15.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/4eb51e92-e674b4_29736c66e9754355a331a3210d5ab309_mv2.webp?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"3-piece-ergonomic-bottle-jar-opener-set","title":"3-Piece Ergonomic Bottle \u0026 Jar Opener Set","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-Piece Ergonomic Bottle \u0026amp; Jar Opener Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e3-Piece Ergonomic Bottle \u0026amp; Jar Opener Set\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you three different tools for dealing with common twist lids and caps around the kitchen. Each opener uses a broad handle and high-grip contact surface to improve leverage, which can make everyday containers easier to manage when small, smooth lids are difficult to hold directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRather than relying on one universal shape, the set covers a range of compatible bottle caps, jar lids and smaller twist tops. That makes it useful as a general kitchen aid for people with reduced grip strength, hand stiffness or simply anyone who wants more leverage on stubborn lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Three Different Openers?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eJar and bottle lids vary widely in diameter, depth and surface texture. A tool that works well on a small bottle cap may not suit a larger jar lid, so having three different opening profiles gives you more chance of finding a secure fit before applying force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger handles also spread the effort across more of the hand than gripping a lid with the fingertips alone. The tools still require some hand control and turning force, but they can reduce how tightly you need to pinch a lid directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSimple, Compact Kitchen Aids\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are no blades, batteries or moving mechanisms to maintain. The three tools are compact enough to keep together in a kitchen drawer and can be brought out as needed for compatible twist lids and caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece opener set\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifferent opening profiles for a range of compatible lids and caps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad contoured handles for improved leverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip gripping surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual leverage-based design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact for kitchen-drawer storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful where small smooth lids are difficult to grip directly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many openers are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are they designed to open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are designed for compatible twist lids, bottle caps and jar lids that fit the individual opener profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the set open every jar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Lid size, shape, seal strength and surface texture vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy use a larger handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA broader handle can provide more leverage and contact area than gripping a small lid directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the handles non-slip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The set uses high-grip contact surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the set use blades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are gripping and leverage tools, not cutting can openers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it open ring-pull cans?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a ring-pull-specific aid where appropriate. This set is primarily for compatible lids and caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for users with reduced grip strength?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may make some lids easier to manage, although the user still needs enough control to hold and turn the tool safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan very tight vacuum-sealed jars still be difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Some seals may require a vacuum-release tool or another suitable opening method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the openers be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe or wash them using a mild method suitable for the handle materials, then dry before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should they be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compact tools can be kept together in a kitchen drawer or utensil container.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 3-Piece Ergonomic Bottle \u0026amp; Jar Opener Set available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This opener set is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 openers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible bottle caps and jar lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContoured non-slip surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual leverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855574603,"sku":"MS-BTLOPEN","price":30.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/71qBtoYo6sL._AC_SL1500.jpg?v=1756976835"},{"product_id":"mobility-steps","title":"Mobility Steps","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Mobility Steps for Safer Everyday Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Mobility Steps\u003c\/strong\u003e provide a stable raised platform for situations where a small change in level is difficult to manage. Their lightweight rust-free aluminium frame combines a non-slip foot mat with rubber feet, and the range includes options with or without a supporting handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree configurations are available: \u003cstrong\u003eFixed Height without Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eFixed Height with Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Height with Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e. This makes it possible to choose a simple low step or a model with an additional handhold and greater platform height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Mobility Step\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixed-height models place the foot plate approximately \u003cstrong\u003e14 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e above the floor. Choose the version without a handle when a compact platform is all that is required, or the handled version when a handhold is useful while stepping up or down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable handled model raises the platform to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20–25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because that is a noticeably larger step, it is important to choose a height that matches the user's ability and the access problem being addressed rather than assuming a higher platform is automatically better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStable Platform with a Large Foot Area\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe foot plate measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 × 32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the user a defined standing area once they have stepped onto the platform. The non-slip mat increases underfoot grip, while rubber feet help the frame remain stable on a suitable level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum user weight is \u003cstrong\u003e159 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The step should always sit level with all feet firmly on the floor before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Handle Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handled models provide a convenient handhold during the stepping movement, but the handle should not be confused with a permanently installed grab rail. The user still needs sufficient balance and stepping ability for the task, and the product should not be used where a more substantial transfer or access solution is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixed without handle, fixed with handle, and adjustable with handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-free aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip foot mat\u003c\/strong\u003e across the standing platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip rubber feet\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable level floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45 × 32 cm foot plate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 cm fixed platform height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20–25 cm adjustable platform height\u003c\/strong\u003e on the adjustable model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e159 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 3.65 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat versions are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose fixed height without a handle, fixed height with a handle, or adjustable height with a handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the fixed-height step?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixed-height foot plate is approximately 14 cm from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the adjustable model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable handled model can be set from approximately 20 to 25 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the foot plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe foot plate measures approximately 45 × 32 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum user weight is 159 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the steps have a non-slip surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The platform has a non-slip foot mat and the frame has non-slip rubber feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich model should I choose if I want a handhold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose either of the handled versions. The fixed model keeps the 14 cm step height, while the adjustable model provides a higher 20–25 cm platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a higher adjustable step always better?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A higher step requires greater leg lift and balance. Choose the lowest practical height that solves the access problem and suits the user's ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the handle be used like a fixed grab rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It provides a handhold as part of the step, but it is not a permanently mounted grab rail or a substitute for a more substantial transfer aid where one is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the frame suitable for bathroom use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is rust-free aluminium, but any wet-area use still requires a suitable level surface. Keep the feet and floor clean and confirm the step is stable before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the product weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern lists a product weight of approximately 3.65 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before each use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMake sure the frame is level, all feet are firmly in contact with the floor, the non-slip surfaces are clean and intact, and any adjustable height points are securely engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Mobility Step available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Mobility Steps are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoot plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixed foot plate height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable foot plate height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRust-free aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip foot mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Step without Handle Fixed Height","offer_id":41676855771211,"sku":"GF-STPNHFH","price":140.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Step with Handle Fixed Height","offer_id":41676855705675,"sku":"GF-STPHFH","price":160.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Step with Handle Adjustable Height","offer_id":41676855738443,"sku":"GF-STPHAH","price":220.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b5227f5a-e674b4_247973d6d1014f5e87804a7ca4d5eae2_mv2.png?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"swivel-seat","title":"Swivel Seat","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Swivel Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Swivel Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable rotating seat cushion designed to make turning on a suitable chair or vehicle seat easier. It provides smooth \u003cstrong\u003e360° rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e on a padded surface, helping reduce the amount of twisting required during an appropriate seated transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat has a published diameter of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e39.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, an overall height of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a maximum user weight of \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Thick foam cushioning is covered in durable fabric, and a non-slip base is designed to help the cushion stay positioned on a suitable seat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360° swivel movement\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e39.5 cm seat diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm overall height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThick foam cushioning\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable fabric cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and portable between suitable seating locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Swivel Seat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Swivel Seat creates a rotating layer between the user and a suitable seat, so the body can turn with the cushion rather than relying entirely on twisting through the hips and trunk. It is important that the underlying seat is stable, broad enough for the cushion and appropriate for the user's transfer method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaking Everyday Tasks More Manageable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwivel Seat is designed to reduce unnecessary reaching, gripping or twisting during a familiar daily task. The most useful setup depends on the user’s hand strength, range of movement and the environment in which it will be used. Practise the movement while seated or otherwise well supported before relying on the aid during a full routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep handles and contact surfaces clean and dry, inspect moving or gripping parts regularly, and store the product where it can be reached without creating another awkward movement. An occupational therapist can suggest task-specific techniques or alternatives where pain, weakness or limited movement makes the activity difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far does the Swivel Seat rotate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for smooth 360° rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat diameter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published seat diameter is approximately 39.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the cushion?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published overall height is approximately 5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum user weight is 120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cushion made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies thick foam cushioning covered with durable fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the non-slip base do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to improve grip between the swivel cushion and a suitable underlying seat. It does not make every seat surface compatible, so stability should be checked before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in a car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where the vehicle seat is broad, stable and shaped appropriately for the swivel cushion and the user's transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on a household chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used on a suitable stable chair with enough flat seating area to support the cushion. Avoid unstable, narrow or highly contoured surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I test the setup before a full transfer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Check that the cushion remains centred and stable on the seat and that the user can control the rotation before relying on it during a transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a lifting aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The product assists with seated rotation; it does not lift the user or replace a suitable handhold or transfer assistance where those are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published warranty is 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Swivel Seat available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Swivel Seat is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCushion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick foam with durable fabric cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856655947,"sku":"GF-SVLSEAT","price":65.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/be516c10-e674b4_2062ca3d9249435db094bc89da2ebc51_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"table-top-jar-opener","title":"Table Top Jar Opener","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore Leverage for Stubborn Jar Lids\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Table Top Jar Opener\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to make jar opening easier by helping stabilise the container while the lid is loosened. Instead of relying entirely on one hand to hold the jar and the other to twist, the tabletop design lets the user use body weight and the work surface to improve control and leverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade from durable lightweight plastic, it is a straightforward manual kitchen aid for people who find conventional jar opening difficult because of reduced grip strength, painful hands or limited dexterity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Stabilising the Jar Can Help\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpening a jar involves two separate jobs: holding the container firmly and generating enough twisting force at the lid. If the jar slips, even a strong lid grip can be ineffective. The Table Top Jar Opener is useful when stabilising the container is the main problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt should be used on a stable work surface and with jars that sit securely in the opener. Stop if the jar is cracked, unusually shaped or cannot be held safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich Goldfern Opening Aid Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eTable Top Jar Opener\u003c\/strong\u003e when holding the jar securely is the main difficulty. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/jar-opener\"\u003eGoldfern Vacuum Seal Jar Opener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e for pop-off lids where breaking the vacuum seal is the main problem, or choose \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-gripmate-jar-and-bottle-opener-set\"\u003eGripMate\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want a multi-piece solution for bottles, cans and different lid sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSimple Manual Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo batteries, electrical power or blade mechanism are required. The opener is designed to reduce reliance on hand strength through positioning and leverage rather than cutting the lid or puncturing the jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps \u003cstrong\u003estabilise a jar on a tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses body weight and positioning to improve leverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to reduce reliance on strong hand grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable lightweight plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and portable for kitchen storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual, non-powered design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Table Top Jar Opener work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps stabilise the jar against the work surface so the user can concentrate on loosening the lid rather than gripping the container tightly at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require a strong grip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to reduce the amount of grip effort needed by improving jar stability and leverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Vacuum Seal Jar Opener?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Table Top model stabilises the jar while the lid is loosened. The Vacuum Seal Jar Opener is a smaller hook-style tool for releasing compatible pop-off vacuum seals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it designed specifically for jars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern's current product information describes it as a jar-opening aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it help people with reduced hand strength?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may make jar opening easier for users who struggle to hold a container firmly or create enough leverage with a normal two-hand grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies durable lightweight plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need power or batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is completely manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it cut the lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It works by stabilising the jar and improving leverage rather than cutting or puncturing the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it open every jar size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo universal fit should be assumed. Jar diameter, shape and lid design vary, so the container needs to sit securely in the opener.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it be used with a cracked or damaged jar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Do not apply opening force to a cracked, chipped or otherwise damaged glass jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it easy to store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its compact lightweight design is intended for straightforward kitchen storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I choose GripMate instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGripMate is the more versatile option if you want tools for bottles, cans and several different lid sizes rather than a jar-focused tabletop aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Table Top Jar Opener available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This kitchen aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTabletop jar-opening aid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJar stabilisation and leverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable lightweight plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCutting mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856688715,"sku":"GF-TTPJO","price":30.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/c6066723-e674b4_18ec0385160c4bc9ad7f622fd42b3269_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"shoe-horn","title":"Shoe Horn - Long Handle, Flexible","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLong-Handle Flexible Shoe Horn for Easier Dressing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Long-Handle Flexible Shoe Horn\u003c\/strong\u003e provides extra reach when putting on shoes, helping reduce how far the user needs to bend toward the feet. Its metal construction is paired with a flexible neck so the shoe horn can follow the angle of the heel and footwear more naturally than a rigid straight tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a simple everyday dressing aid for people who find reaching the feet awkward because of stiffness, limited mobility or a temporary movement restriction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Long Handle Can Help\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA conventional short shoe horn still requires the hand to reach close to the heel. The extended handle brings the working end of the shoe horn to the foot while the user's hand remains higher, which can make dressing more manageable from a seated position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shoe should still be loosened enough for the foot to enter comfortably. A shoe horn is intended to guide the heel and protect the back of the shoe, not to force the foot into tight footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFlexible Neck for Easier Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flexible neck allows the lower section to move with the angle of the heel and shoe for easier positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse gentle pressure and avoid deliberately over-bending or twisting the flexible section beyond what is needed for normal shoe placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSafer Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shoe horn can be used while seated or standing, but sitting is generally the more stable option for anyone whose balance is uncertain. Make sure the foot is positioned securely and that the user does not need to reach or lean beyond a comfortable range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the user has been given specific movement restrictions after surgery or injury, follow that advice even if the long handle makes additional reach possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-long handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for increased reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible neck\u003c\/strong\u003e to follow the angle of the heel and shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal shoe-horn section\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the amount of bending needed when putting on footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful from a stable seated position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple manual dressing aid with no powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the handle extra long?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra length provides more reach, reducing how far the user needs to bend toward the feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the flexible neck do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows the shoe horn to move with the angle of the heel and footwear, which can make positioning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho may find a long shoe horn useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may help people with reduced reach, stiffness or mobility who find bending down to put on shoes difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A stable seated position is often the easiest and safest way to use a long-handled shoe horn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while standing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used while standing if the user can maintain safe balance. If balance is uncertain, sitting is the better option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould shoes still be loosened first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Loosening laces, straps or other fastenings helps the foot slide in more easily and reduces strain on both the shoe and shoe horn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used to force a foot into a tight shoe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The shoe horn should guide the heel rather than be used as a lever to force the foot into footwear that is too tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable after surgery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may help reduce bending, but the user should follow any movement restrictions or dressing advice provided by their healthcare team.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the flexible neck be bent sharply for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid unnecessary over-bending. The flexible section is intended to assist normal positioning during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a powered device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a simple manual dressing aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore it where the handle and flexible neck will not be crushed, sharply bent or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Long-Handle Flexible Shoe Horn available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This dressing aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong-handle shoe horn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal shoe horn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNeck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelping put on shoes with less bending toward the feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856754251,"sku":"GF-MTLSH","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b57433e8-e674b4_5eb7df6b97834544824ef2d94c08788b_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"lotion-or-gel-applicator","title":"Lotion or Gel Applicator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Lotion or Gel Applicator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Lotion Applicator\u003c\/strong\u003e is a long-reach personal care aid designed to make it easier to apply body lotion or bath gel to hard-to-reach areas. Its rotating balls glide over the skin and release the liquid as the applicator moves, helping extend reach without requiring as much bending or twisting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith an overall length of \u003cstrong\u003e45.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is a simple non-powered aid for everyday body care at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45.5 cm overall length\u003c\/strong\u003e for extended reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating ball applicator head\u003c\/strong\u003e that glides over the skin while releasing liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003ebody lotion and bath gel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for reaching areas such as the back and other places that can be awkward to access by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-powered design\u003c\/strong\u003e for straightforward everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact daily-living aid for personal care routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Lotion Applicator?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis applicator provides extra reach for everyday skin and bathing routines without adding powered components or complicated controls. The rotating-ball head is designed to distribute lotion or bath gel as it moves across the skin, while the 45.5 cm length helps reach areas that may otherwise be difficult to access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaking Everyday Tasks More Manageable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLotion or Gel Applicator is designed to reduce unnecessary reaching, gripping or twisting during a familiar daily task. The most useful setup depends on the user’s hand strength, range of movement and the environment in which it will be used. Practise the movement while seated or otherwise well supported before relying on the aid during a full routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep handles and contact surfaces clean and dry, inspect moving or gripping parts regularly, and store the product where it can be reached without creating another awkward movement. An occupational therapist can suggest task-specific techniques or alternatives where pain, weakness or limited movement makes the activity difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Goldfern Lotion Applicator designed to apply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifically lists it for applying body lotion and bath gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the applicator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall length is approximately 45.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the rotating-ball head work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs the balls rotate, they glide over the skin and release the liquid being applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat areas can it help reach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts long handle is designed to help with hard-to-reach areas such as the back and other parts of the body that can be awkward to access by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a powered applicator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a simple manual personal-care aid and does not require batteries or electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it intended to be a massage device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Its primary purpose is applying lotion or bath gel. The rotating balls are part of the liquid-application mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with sunscreen or other creams?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifically lists body lotion and bath gel. For other products, check that their consistency and ingredients are suitable for the applicator before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it help if I find reaching my back difficult?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 45.5 cm handle is designed to provide extra reach and may make routine body-care tasks easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for everyday home use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed as a straightforward daily-living aid for regular personal-care routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Lotion Applicator available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Lotion Applicator is available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong-reach lotion and bath gel applicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplicator\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating balls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished uses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody lotion and bath gel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856787019,"sku":"GF-LTNGELAPP","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b9c7f8d8-e674b4_bf5cb49aa1ad45b79af43f3a45200c68_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"sock-assist-tool","title":"Sock Assist Tool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Sock Assist Tool\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Sock Assist Tool\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple dressing aid for people who can manage their socks once they are on but find the initial reach down to the foot difficult. The sock is loaded over the soft covered section, lowered towards the foot using the \u003cstrong\u003elong fabric handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, then drawn on with less forward bending than putting a sock on by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is particularly useful where reduced hip or knee movement, back stiffness, balance concerns or limited reach make lower-body dressing awkward. The design is lightweight and uncomplicated, making it a practical everyday option for someone who wants a little extra reach without a mechanical or rigid dressing device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the Sock Assist Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis type of aid works best for a person who can sit safely, guide their foot into the loaded sock and pull the handle in a controlled way. It is intended to reduce the amount of bending and reaching required rather than completely remove the need for hand control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor very tight compression stockings or specialist medical hosiery, a dedicated stocking donner may be more appropriate. Sock thickness, elasticity, foot shape and the user’s hand function can all affect how easy the tool is to use, so everyday socks are the best starting point while learning the technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to help with \u003cstrong\u003eputting on everyday socks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong fabric handle\u003c\/strong\u003e provides extra reach towards the feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft covered sock-support section\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the need for deep forward bending during dressing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical for use from a \u003cstrong\u003estable seated position\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight daily-living dressing aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo powered parts or complicated adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact for storage at home or while travelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use the Sock Assist\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoad the sock over the covered section with the opening held wide enough for the foot. While seated securely, lower the loaded aid to the floor, guide the foot into the sock and pull steadily on the fabric handle until the sock has moved over the foot. Finish positioning the sock by hand if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe technique can take a few attempts to learn. Avoid forcing a sock that is too tight for the aid, and check the handle and covered section regularly for damage or loose stitching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/Os2rXeExNQs?si=twlD09zRQfNH9fGp\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Sock Assist Tool for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a dressing aid designed to help put on socks when reaching the feet is difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it reduce bending?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe long fabric handle lets the user lower and pull the sock-support section from further away instead of reaching directly to the foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is likely to benefit from it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful for people with limited reach, reduced hip or knee movement, back stiffness or difficulty bending forward during lower-body dressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A stable seated position is generally the most practical way to use it. Make sure the chair itself is secure before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a soft surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern describes the sock-support section as having a soft covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with every sock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily. Sock thickness, elasticity, shape and foot size vary. Standard everyday socks are the most appropriate starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it designed for compression stockings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not specified as a dedicated compression-stocking donner. Very firm compression garments may require a purpose-designed aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it remove the need to use my hands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tool reduces reaching, but the user still needs enough hand control to load the sock, guide the aid and pull the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo complex assembly is required before normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a demonstration video?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The video above shows the general technique used with a sock-assist tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a gentle cleaning method suitable for the fabric handle and soft covering, then allow the tool to dry fully before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the fabric handle, stitching and covered sock-support section are secure and undamaged before pulling on them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep it clean and dry where the handle and covered section will not be crushed, snagged or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Sock Assist Tool available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Sock Assist Tool is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSock dressing aid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong fabric handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSock-support surface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft covering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelping put on everyday socks with less reaching towards the feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsed from a stable seated position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompression hosiery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified as a dedicated compression-stocking donner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856819787,"sku":"GF-SOCKAS","price":28.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/7f675332-e674b4_5f1c288f6a1a4b8eb0e7da3aca00d0a1_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"jar-opener","title":"Jar Opener","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Vacuum Seal Jar Opener\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Jar Opener\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple kitchen aid for pop-off jar lids. Its integral hook slips beneath the lid rim so a gentle lift can release the vacuum seal before the lid is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flat, wide handle provides a larger surface to hold, reducing the amount of gripping and twisting needed compared with forcing a tightly sealed lid by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich Goldfern Opening Aid Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this \u003cstrong\u003eVacuum Seal Jar Opener\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main problem is breaking the seal on pop-off lids. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/table-top-jar-opener\"\u003eTable Top Jar Opener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want the jar itself stabilised while loosening a lid, or choose the \u003cstrong\u003eGripMate\u003c\/strong\u003e set when you want a broader three-piece solution for jars, bottles and cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for vacuum-sealed pop-off lids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegral hook fits beneath the lid rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat, wide handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable plastic construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact everyday kitchen aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Jar Opener?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt focuses on one task and keeps it simple: releasing the vacuum seal that makes many pop-off lids difficult to open. It can be particularly useful where hand strength or dexterity is reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaking Everyday Tasks More Manageable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eJar Opener is designed to reduce unnecessary reaching, gripping or twisting during a familiar daily task. The most useful setup depends on the user’s hand strength, range of movement and the environment in which it will be used. Practise the movement while seated or otherwise well supported before relying on the aid during a full routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep handles and contact surfaces clean and dry, inspect moving or gripping parts regularly, and store the product where it can be reached without creating another awkward movement. An occupational therapist can suggest task-specific techniques or alternatives where pain, weakness or limited movement makes the activity difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the jar opener work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the hook under the rim of a pop-off lid and gently lift until the vacuum seal releases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of lids is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for vacuum-sealed pop-off lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it twist the lid open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Its main job is to release the vacuum seal so the lid can then be removed more easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Table Top Jar Opener?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis tool releases the vacuum seal beneath a pop-off lid. The Table Top Jar Opener helps stabilise a jar so more leverage can be applied while loosening the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for screw caps?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is not a general screw-cap gripper. For multiple lid and bottle types, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-gripmate-jar-and-bottle-opener-set\"\u003eGoldfern GripMate\u003c\/a\u003e set is the more versatile option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies durable plastic construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the handle wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flat, wide shape provides a larger area to hold and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it help if my grip strength is reduced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may make vacuum-sealed jars easier to manage because it reduces the need to force the seal by twisting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it complicated to use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a simple manual tool with no batteries, moving mechanism or setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the GripMate set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a single vacuum-seal jar opener. GripMate is a multi-piece set for jars, bottles, cans and other lids.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856852555,"sku":"GF-JAROPNR","price":15.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/fb51c00d-e674b4_ff94541f325f4072aedf94007eda6b1f_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"brush-and-comb-set","title":"Brush and Comb Set","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Long-Handled Brush and Comb Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Brush and Comb Set\u003c\/strong\u003e extends the reach of two everyday grooming tools so hair care requires less shoulder and arm movement. It can be useful for anyone who finds a standard short-handled brush or comb difficult to reach over the head or around the back of the hair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set includes both a long-handled brush and a long-handled comb, allowing the user to keep a familiar grooming routine while changing only the amount of reach needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Long Handles Can Make Grooming Easier\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrushing and combing normally require the arm to lift above shoulder height and move around the side and back of the head. An extended handle brings the grooming head farther away from the hand, reducing how far the shoulder needs to travel for the same task.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis can be useful for people with reduced shoulder movement, limited reach or temporary restrictions after an injury or procedure, provided any movement precautions are followed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSimple Tools for Independent Personal Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are no powered parts or complicated adjustments. The brush and comb are separate tools, so the user can choose whichever suits their hair and normal routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor many people, that simplicity is the point: it is an everyday item made easier to reach rather than a specialised grooming system that requires learning a new technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes both a \u003cstrong\u003elong-handled brush and long-handled comb\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended reach can reduce the amount of overhead arm movement needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for people with limited shoulder, arm or upper-body mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate brush and comb can be used independently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight, non-powered daily-living aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for independent personal-care routines where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set includes one long-handled brush and one long-handled comb.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho can find the set useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful for anyone who finds reaching their hair difficult because of reduced shoulder, arm or upper-body movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy use a long-handled brush or comb?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExtra reach can reduce how far the arm and shoulder need to move when grooming the hair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use either item separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The brush and comb are separate tools, so you can use whichever suits your normal grooming routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it help with independent grooming?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor some users, the longer handles can make it easier to reach the hair without assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it only for older people?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It can be useful for adults of different ages who have limited reach or shoulder movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used after an injury?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may be useful where reaching is temporarily difficult, but follow any movement restrictions or advice given by your healthcare professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean the brush and comb?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove trapped hair regularly and clean gently using a method suitable for the materials. Allow the tools to dry fully before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856885323,"sku":"GF-BCSET","price":40.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/99bffb5f-e674b4_204edaebd3024a95bb26a396cbf07239_mv2.png?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"bed-backrest","title":"Bed Backrest","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Adjustable Bed Backrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Bed Backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple manual support for sitting more upright in an existing bed. It can be useful for reading, meals, watching television or resting when lying flat is uncomfortable or inconvenient, without requiring a powered adjustable bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest angle can be changed to suit the user, while a cushioned headrest adds support at the top. A metal frame provides the structure and the fabric surface is designed for straightforward everyday care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Simple Alternative to Changing the Whole Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor someone who only needs occasional upper-body elevation, a portable bed backrest can be a much simpler solution than replacing the bed with an electric profiling model. It sits on top of the mattress and can be adjusted or removed as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does not raise the legs, change bed height or provide the multiple powered sections of a care bed, so it is best thought of as a sitting and reclining aid rather than a substitute for a medical or electric bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable for Reading, Meals and Rest\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe inclination can be altered so the user is not limited to one fixed upright angle. A more upright position may suit eating or reading, while a lower angle can be used for relaxing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cushioned headrest provides an additional contact point behind the head and neck. As with any support placed on a mattress, check that the backrest remains stable and that the mattress provides a suitable base before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable inclination\u003c\/strong\u003e for different sitting and reclining positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned headrest\u003c\/strong\u003e for added head and neck comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable metal frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for dependable support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-to-clean fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e for straightforward everyday care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable, non-powered design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for reading, meals, resting and other seated activities in bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is a Bed Backrest Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis type of support works well where the user can sit safely in bed but would benefit from something firmer and more adjustable behind the upper body than ordinary pillows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the person needs prescribed positioning, frequent repositioning, pressure-care management or powered assistance to change posture, a profiling care bed or professional seating assessment may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this an electric adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a manual bed backrest that sits on the bed to support the upper body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the angle be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The inclination can be adjusted so the backrest can be positioned for individual comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include head support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A cushioned headrest is built in for added head and neck comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest uses a durable metal frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the fabric easy to care for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is designed to be easy to clean. Follow normal care precautions and avoid harsh cleaning products unless suitable for the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat activities is it useful for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can provide a more upright position for reading, eating, watching television, resting or other activities in bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace a medical or electric bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an accessory for added sitting support and does not provide the powered positioning functions of an adjustable care bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on any mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for use on a bed, but mattress firmness, size and the user's support needs can affect suitability. Check that it sits securely before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for someone with specific clinical positioning needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor prescribed positioning or significant medical needs, check with the relevant health professional that a bed backrest is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856918091,"sku":"GF-BBKRST","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/0c1e4b25-e674b4_aaf620e7b36142ef925e719d4c7c40d0_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"deluxe-reacher","title":"Deluxe Reacher","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Deluxe Reacher\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Deluxe Reacher\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight daily-living aid designed to help retrieve everyday items without the same amount of bending, stretching or overhead reaching. An \u003cstrong\u003eergonomic trigger grip\u003c\/strong\u003e operates the gripping end from the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers two lengths: \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm (24 inch)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e75 cm (30 inch)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The shorter version is compact for general household use, while the longer version provides additional reach where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic trigger grip\u003c\/strong\u003e for hand-operated control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 cm \/ 61 cm (24\")\u003c\/strong\u003e option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e75 cm \/ 76.2 cm (30\")\u003c\/strong\u003e option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for picking up or retrieving \u003cstrong\u003elight everyday objects\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce unnecessary bending and stretching during household tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight, straightforward daily-living design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful around the home, office or other everyday settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Deluxe Reacher?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA reacher can make routine tasks simpler when an item is just beyond comfortable reach. Choosing between the 60 cm and 75 cm versions allows the tool to be matched to the user's preferred reach without adding unverified features or unnecessary complexity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaking Everyday Tasks More Manageable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeluxe Reacher is designed to reduce unnecessary reaching, gripping or twisting during a familiar daily task. The most useful setup depends on the user’s hand strength, range of movement and the environment in which it will be used. Practise the movement while seated or otherwise well supported before relying on the aid during a full routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep handles and contact surfaces clean and dry, inspect moving or gripping parts regularly, and store the product where it can be reached without creating another awkward movement. An occupational therapist can suggest task-specific techniques or alternatives where pain, weakness or limited movement makes the activity difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Deluxe Reacher used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended to help pick up or retrieve light everyday objects that would otherwise require bending, stretching or reaching further than is comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat lengths are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers 60 cm (24 inch) and 75 cm (30 inch) variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich length should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 60 cm version is more compact, while the 75 cm version gives additional reach. Choose the length that suits the user's height, usual tasks and storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the gripping end operated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe reacher uses an ergonomic trigger grip at the handle to operate the gripping end.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used from a seated position?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the item is within controlled reach and the user can operate the trigger comfortably without leaning into an unstable position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for heavy lifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A reacher is intended for light everyday objects, not heavy loads or items that could cause injury if dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a walking or balance aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Deluxe Reacher is not designed to support body weight and should never be used as a cane, rail or transfer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it be used to pick up hot or dangerous objects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid using it for objects that are hot, sharp, fragile, chemically hazardous or otherwise unsafe to grip remotely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the trigger suitable for either hand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe simple trigger-style design can generally be operated in either hand, subject to the user's grip and comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the reacher be stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore it where the shaft will not be bent or crushed and where the gripping end cannot become damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm the trigger and gripping end operate smoothly and that the shaft is not damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it available throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both Goldfern Deluxe Reacher lengths are available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm (24 inch); 75 cm (30 inch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic trigger grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandheld reacher \/ daily-living aid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended loads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight everyday objects\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"60cm\/24\"","offer_id":41676856950859,"sku":"GF-DLXREACHER60CM","price":40.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"75cm\/30\"","offer_id":41676856983627,"sku":"GF-DLXREACHER75CM","price":40.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Deluxe-Reacher_Small_32908ac9-d6c0-4547-b73d-f793bb4b0033.jpg?v=1791487842"},{"product_id":"gyenno-bravo-twist-spoon","title":"Gyenno Bravo Twist Spoon","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGYENNO Bravo Twist Stabilising Spoon \u0026amp; Fork\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGYENNO Bravo Twist\u003c\/strong\u003e is an electronic eating aid designed to reduce the effect of involuntary hand tremor on a spoon or fork during meals. Motion sensors and powered stabilisation respond to unwanted movement while the user guides the handle normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes interchangeable magnetic \u003cstrong\u003espoon and fork attachments\u003c\/strong\u003e. The fork also has a powered twist mode for winding suitable foods such as spaghetti. The rechargeable battery provides approximately \u003cstrong\u003ethree hours of continuous use\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the complete unit weighs about \u003cstrong\u003e150 g\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic real-time utensil stabilisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to compensate for unwanted tremor movement within the device's operating range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpoon and fork attachments included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic attachment connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFork twist function\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable pasta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. three-hour battery life\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 150 g net weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRechargeable main handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging cable and portable storage bag\/case included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnly the removable utensil attachments should be washed with water; do not immerse the powered handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety:\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the product contains magnetic components, users with pacemakers or other electrical stimulation devices should follow the product safety guidance and keep the device away from those implanted or worn electrical devices. The product is also not recommended where there is an allergy to the specified medical-rubber materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/CyJHsJTuJ7A?si=fMI-YCQuAcyfiXEE\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the GYENNO Bravo Twist?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bravo Twist is designed for people whose hand tremor makes ordinary cutlery difficult to control. It is an assistive dining device rather than a treatment for the underlying cause of tremor, and the amount of benefit will vary with the user's movement pattern and ability to hold the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Bravo Twist do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt electronically moves the utensil attachment to counter some unwanted hand tremor while the user eats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it eliminate every tremor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed to reduce the effect of tremor within its operating range; individual results vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat attachments are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA spoon and fork attachment are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do the attachments connect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey connect magnetically to the main handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the twist function?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith the fork attachment fitted, the powered twist mode rotates the fork to help wind suitable foods such as spaghetti.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does the battery last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately three hours of continuous use on a full charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 150 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it rechargeable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A charging cable is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the whole unit be washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Wash only the removable utensil attachments as directed. Do not immerse the powered handle in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A portable storage bag\/case is included with the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with either hand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stabilising handle is designed to accommodate normal eating grips and may suit either hand, depending on the individual user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it only for Parkinson's disease?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an eating aid for suitable users with hand tremor; the underlying cause of tremor can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan someone with a pacemaker use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product contains magnetic components. Follow the manufacturer's safety warning and keep it away from pacemakers and other electrical stimulation devices; seek medical-device advice if compatibility is uncertain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it treat tremor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an assistive utensil and does not treat the underlying medical condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic stabilising eating aid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded utensils\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpoon and fork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecial function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowered fork twist mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3 hours continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 150 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Gyenno","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676857049163,"sku":"GF-GYENNO","price":790.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/f0929d1a-e674b4_eb0a9d33a03a4f97b680c3ae6994a7c9_mv2.png?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"dinner-set-and-cutlery","title":"Dinner Set and Cutlery","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Dinner Set and Cutlery\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Dinner Set and Cutlery\u003c\/strong\u003e range offers a practical adaptive dining setup for people who find ordinary mealtimes easier with a more contained plate and a stable place setting. The \u003cstrong\u003eFull Dinner Set\u003c\/strong\u003e includes a dinner plate with a plastic food spill guard, a non-slip placemat, knife, fork and spoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart also offers the \u003cstrong\u003eknife, fork and spoon individually\u003c\/strong\u003e, so a single utensil can be purchased without buying the complete set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Dinner Set\u003c\/strong\u003e option for a coordinated place setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDinner plate with \u003cstrong\u003eplastic food spill guard\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip placemat\u003c\/strong\u003e helps provide a more stable dining surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull set includes \u003cstrong\u003eknife, fork and spoon\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnife, fork and spoon also available as \u003cstrong\u003eindividual MoveSmart variants\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a practical \u003cstrong\u003edaily-living dining aid\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable components for everyday mealtimes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Dinner Set and Cutlery?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full set brings several simple dining aids together: a raised spill-guard edge to help keep food on the plate, a non-slip placemat to reduce unwanted movement of the place setting, and matching cutlery. The separate utensil options are useful when only one piece is required or a component needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaking Everyday Tasks More Manageable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDinner Set and Cutlery is designed to reduce unnecessary reaching, gripping or twisting during a familiar daily task. The most useful setup depends on the user’s hand strength, range of movement and the environment in which it will be used. Practise the movement while seated or otherwise well supported before relying on the aid during a full routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep handles and contact surfaces clean and dry, inspect moving or gripping parts regularly, and store the product where it can be reached without creating another awkward movement. An occupational therapist can suggest task-specific techniques or alternatives where pain, weakness or limited movement makes the activity difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the Full Dinner Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current full set includes a dinner plate with plastic food spill guard, a non-slip placemat, knife, fork and spoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy the cutlery separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart currently offers separate Knife, Fork and Spoon variants as well as the Full Dinner Set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the food spill guard do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt creates a raised barrier at the edge of the plate, helping keep food contained while it is moved toward the utensil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the purpose of the non-slip placemat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe placemat is intended to provide a higher-grip surface under the place setting so dishes are less likely to move during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the full set include all three main utensils?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Knife, fork and spoon are included in the Full Dinner Set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the utensils weighted or bendable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current Goldfern product information does not specify weighted or bendable utensils, so those features are not represented as part of this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the set suitable only for a particular medical condition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo specific condition is required. It is a general daily-living dining aid for anyone who finds a spill guard, non-slip mat or separate adaptive dining setup useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I replace just one utensil?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The individual Knife, Fork and Spoon variants allow a single utensil to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the set be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the plate, spill guard, placemat and utensils after use using a mild method suitable for their materials. Avoid abrasive products that could damage the surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the set require assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo complex assembly is required. Arrange the placemat, plate and chosen utensils for use at the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the placemat be used with other dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used as a general non-slip dining surface where its size and material are suitable for the dish being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Dinner Set and Cutlery available NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Dinner Set and individual cutlery options are available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFull Dinner Set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDinner plate with plastic food spill guard, non-slip placemat, knife, fork and spoon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFork\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual fork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpoon\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual spoon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnife\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual knife\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Full Dinner Set","offer_id":41676857180235,"sku":"GF-SGDS","price":80.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fork","offer_id":41676857114699,"sku":"GF-SGF","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Spoon","offer_id":41676857147467,"sku":"GF-SGS","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Knife","offer_id":41676857213003,"sku":"GF-SGK","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b0e07ac9-e674b4_9078fc6e99194b52af305448312bd038_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"over-bed-table","title":"Split Top Over Bed Table","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Split Top Over Bed Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Split Top Over Bed Table\u003c\/strong\u003e provides an adjustable bedside surface for meals, reading, writing and other everyday activities. Its tabletop is divided into two sections: a \u003cstrong\u003esmaller fixed section\u003c\/strong\u003e that remains level and a \u003cstrong\u003elarger tilting section\u003c\/strong\u003e that can be angled to suit the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is \u003cstrong\u003eheight adjustable from approximately 71–93 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and folds flatter for storage when the table is not required. The split layout means a drink or small item can remain on the fixed section while the larger panel is tilted for reading or similar activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSplit-top design\u003c\/strong\u003e with one fixed and one tilting section.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e from approximately 71–93 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarger tilting tabletop\u003c\/strong\u003e for reading, writing and other activities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmaller fixed section\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a level surface alongside the tilting panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall tabletop approximately \u003cstrong\u003e81.5 cm wide x 39.5 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase approximately \u003cstrong\u003e58.5 cm wide x 51 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately \u003cstrong\u003e54 cm between the base sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for more compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Overbed_Table_Manual_1.pdf?v=1756718427\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Goldfern 2-Piece Over Bed Table Manual\"\u003eGoldfern 2-Piece Over Bed Table Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Split Top Over Bed Table?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two-part tabletop is the main advantage of this design. The larger surface can be tilted to improve the working or reading angle while the smaller section stays horizontal for items that need a flat surface. The adjustable frame allows the table to be positioned around different beds or seating arrangements, subject to the available clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Table Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSplit Top Over Bed Table is easier to use when the base, column and tabletop can reach the required position without interfering with the bed, chair or mobility equipment. Check under-bed or under-chair clearance, the usable height range and the direction from which the table will approach. The user should be able to sit comfortably without leaning or twisting to reach everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow room for castors and carers when moving the table, and lock it where the design provides brakes before placing drinks or equipment on the top. Keep loads within the published limit and distribute them evenly. Height or tilt adjustments should be made with care so loose objects cannot slide from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the split tabletop work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tabletop has a smaller fixed section that remains level and a larger section that tilts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is a fixed section useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides a level area for items such as a cup, remote control or other small objects while the main panel is tilted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat height range does the table have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable height range is approximately 71–93 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall tabletop size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tabletop is approximately 81.5 cm wide and 39.5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the base size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is approximately 58.5 cm wide and 51 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much space is there between the base sides?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current specification lists approximately 54 cm between the base sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the table fold for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame is designed to fold flatter when the table is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can provide a convenient meal surface when positioned safely and the tabletop section being used is level enough for the items placed on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for reading or writing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The larger tilting section is particularly useful where an angled surface is preferred for reading, writing or similar activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use a laptop on the table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA compatible lightweight laptop can be used if the tabletop is stable, the device sits securely and cables do not create a snag or trip hazard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the table be used to support body weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a work and meal surface, not a grab rail or transfer aid. Do not pull on it when standing or sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Bed-frame design, clearance and height vary. Compare the table and base dimensions with the intended bed before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there an instruction manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern 2-Piece Over Bed Table Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Split Top Over Bed Table available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This over-bed table is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 71–93 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall table width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 81.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall table depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall base width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 58.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall base depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between base sides\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 54 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTabletop\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmaller fixed section; larger tilting section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676857770059,"sku":"GF-OBT-1","price":299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/2c5e3c59-e674b4_518be6b7ac8b4454814ce42bfa2cdfd3_mv2.png?v=1757198463"},{"product_id":"folding-pedal-exerciser-with-pedometer","title":"Folding Pedal Exerciser with Pedometer","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCompact Pedal Exerciser for Seated Arm and Leg Exercise\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Folding Pedal Exerciser with Pedometer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact exercise aid for gentle seated movement at home. It can be used on the floor for leg pedalling or on a stable tabletop for arm exercise, making it a versatile option for maintaining everyday activity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folding frame stores neatly when not in use, while the built-in pedometer provides activity feedback during exercise. A user and assembly manual is included online for correct setup and use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for seated leg or arm exercise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in pedometer for activity feedback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolding design for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-impact pedalling movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for gentle home exercise and rehabilitation programmes when appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Folding Pedal Exerciser?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis simple exerciser provides a convenient way to add gentle repetitive movement without needing a full-size exercise machine. Its dual arm-and-leg use and folding frame make it particularly practical where space is limited. If using it after surgery or as part of rehabilitation, follow advice from your treating health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilding Movement Into a Seated Routine\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFolding Pedal Exerciser with Pedometer offers a compact way to perform gentle cycling movements from a stable chair, using either the legs or arms as appropriate. Position the unit so the user can maintain an upright posture without over-reaching, and choose a resistance that allows smooth, controlled movement rather than rocking or straining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the exerciser on a level, non-slip surface and check that the chair remains secure. Start with short sessions and increase duration gradually according to comfort and ability. Anyone recovering from injury or managing significant joint, heart or balance concerns should seek suitable clinical advice before beginning a new exercise routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for both arms and legs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Place it securely on the floor for leg pedalling or on a stable suitable surface for arm exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a pedometer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A built-in pedometer provides activity feedback during exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame folds down to reduce the space required between sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a powered exercise machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a manually operated pedal exerciser powered by the user's movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used while seated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for seated exercise. Use a stable chair and position the exerciser securely before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for rehabilitation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used for gentle exercise and may form part of a rehabilitation programme when appropriate. After surgery or injury, follow the advice of your treating health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it after knee replacement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may be suitable for some rehabilitation programmes, but individual recovery requirements vary. Follow the exercise guidance provided by your surgeon or physiotherapist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it improve circulation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegular lower-limb movement is commonly used to encourage activity, but this product listing does not promise a medical outcome. Use the exerciser within your individual capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre instructions available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Pedal Exerciser user and assembly manual is linked below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExercise type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm or leg pedalling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eActivity display\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in pedometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Pedal_Exerciser_User_Assembly_Manual.pdf?v=1756718426\" title=\"Goldfern Pedal Exerciser Instructions\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Pedal Exerciser Instructions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676857737291,"sku":"GF-FPE-1","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/d707bc03-e674b4_31b4b79d849c4f83bb06ef7c234361b1_mv2.png?v=1754901827"},{"product_id":"hull-easyreach-grabber","title":"Hull EasyReach Grabber","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHull® Easireach Grabber\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHull® Easireach Grabber\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight reaching aid designed to help retrieve light everyday objects without repeatedly bending to the floor or stretching as far toward higher surfaces. A smooth positive clamping action operates the jaw, while semicircular cut-outs in the upper gripping surface help the reacher locate around compatible objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers two lengths — \u003cstrong\u003eShort (65 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eLong (82 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — so users can choose between a more compact tool and additional reach. A magnetic tip can collect small ferrous metal objects such as some keys or pins, and a built-in clip allows the Easireach to attach to a compatible walking stick or walking frame for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between the 65 cm and 82 cm Versions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e65 cm Short\u003c\/strong\u003e version is easier to handle in tighter spaces and may suit users who mainly need a modest extension for picking up objects from nearby surfaces. The \u003cstrong\u003e82 cm Long\u003c\/strong\u003e version adds approximately 17 cm of extra reach, which can be useful when reaching toward the floor or a shelf while keeping the body more upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLonger is not automatically better. A longer reacher places the object further from the hand and can feel less controlled with heavier or awkward items, so choose the shortest length that comfortably covers the intended tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful for Light Everyday Objects\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe clamping jaw is suited to many small household items that can be gripped securely, such as clothing, lightweight packets or objects dropped on the floor. The magnetic tip adds another option for small ferrous items that are difficult to pinch with the jaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Easireach is not designed for heavy lifting, body support or retrieving dangerous objects. Avoid hot cookware, sharp items, unstable loads or anything that could cause injury if it slips from the jaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConvenient Storage on a Walking Aid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated clip can attach the reacher to a compatible walking stick or walking frame, helping keep it accessible without carrying it separately. Check that the stored reacher does not interfere with the walking aid's brakes, folding mechanism, wheels or normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth positive clamping action.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhanced jaw grip with semicircular cut-outs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic tip\u003c\/strong\u003e for small ferrous metal objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClip for a compatible walking stick or walking frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight reaching aid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShort 65 cm and Long 82 cm variants\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat lengths are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Short (65 cm) and Long (82 cm) variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the two lengths?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe longer version provides more reach, while the shorter version is more compact to handle and store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the magnetic tip pick up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can attract small ferrous metal objects such as some pins and keys. Non-magnetic metals will not be attracted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the semicircular cut-outs for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey help the jaw locate and grip around compatible shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it attach to a walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A clip is included for compatible walking sticks or frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for heavy lifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a reaching aid for light everyday objects, not a lifting tool for heavy items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not weight bearing and must not be used for balance or body support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it retrieve objects from the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where the object is light enough and can be securely gripped by the jaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it reach high shelves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the user can remain stable and the object is light and safe to retrieve overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould it be used for hot or sharp objects?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Avoid objects that could cause burns, cuts or injury if dropped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMake sure the trigger and jaw operate smoothly and the shaft and clip are undamaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both Hull Easireach variants are available to ship throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShort (65 cm); Long (82 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamping jaw with semicircular cut-outs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWalking-stick \/ frame clip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","offers":[{"title":"Short (650mm)","offer_id":41716502691915,"sku":"CUB-HULLRCHR-650","price":59.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long (820mm)","offer_id":41716502724683,"sku":"CUB-HULLRCHR-820","price":62.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ReacherClaw.jpg?v=1756539766"},{"product_id":"goldfern-gripmate-jar-and-bottle-opener-set","title":"Goldfern GripMate Jar and Bottle Opener Set","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern GripMate Jar and Bottle Opener Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern GripMate\u003c\/strong\u003e is a three-piece kitchen opening set for people who find jars, bottles, cans and tightly fitted lids difficult to manage with hand strength alone. Instead of relying on one type of opener, it combines a \u003cstrong\u003enon-slip mat\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-size jar opener\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003emultipurpose bottle and can opener\u003c\/strong\u003e so the user can add grip, leverage or container stability according to the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis makes GripMate a useful everyday option where arthritis, hand pain, reduced dexterity or weaker grip makes twisting, pinching or holding a container securely uncomfortable. The pieces can be used independently, or the non-slip mat can be paired with either opener to reduce how much force the other hand needs to provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich Goldfern Opening Aid Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003eGripMate\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want a versatile set for several different container types. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/jar-opener\"\u003eGoldfern Vacuum Seal Jar Opener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main problem is releasing the vacuum on pop-off jar lids, or the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/table-top-jar-opener\"\u003eGoldfern Table Top Jar Opener\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when holding a jar securely and gaining leverage are the priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGripMate is particularly useful where the difficulty varies from one package to another: one task may simply need the container stabilised on the mat, while another may benefit from the larger gripping surface or added leverage of one of the handheld tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece opening aid set\u003c\/strong\u003e for common kitchen containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip mat\u003c\/strong\u003e helps stabilise jars, bottles and containers on the work surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-size jar opener\u003c\/strong\u003e accommodates a range of lid diameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose opener\u003c\/strong\u003e for bottles, cans and other common lids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTools can be \u003cstrong\u003eused separately or together\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to reduce the amount of hand force needed for twisting, gripping and holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact, lightweight pieces for everyday kitchen storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful where grip strength or hand dexterity is reduced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Most From GripMate\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart by placing the container on the non-slip mat so it is less likely to rotate while you work. Select the opener that best matches the lid or closure, seat it securely and apply steady controlled pressure rather than a sudden twisting force. For stubborn vacuum-sealed jars, releasing the seal first may make the lid much easier to turn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo single opening aid suits every package design. Very large, unusually shaped, damaged or over-tightened lids may still require another method or assistance, but GripMate covers a broader range of routine kitchen-opening tasks than a single-purpose opener.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the Goldfern GripMate set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set includes a non-slip mat, a multi-size jar opener and a multipurpose opening tool for bottles, cans and other common closures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the non-slip mat do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps hold the container steady on the work surface so the user does not need to grip the body of the jar or bottle as firmly with the other hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can the multi-size jar opener be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts different gripping sections are intended to accommodate a range of common jar and lid diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the multipurpose opener help with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern describes it for bottles, cans and other everyday lids and closures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the three pieces be used separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Use whichever component best suits the task, or combine the mat with one of the handheld openers for extra stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs GripMate suitable for reduced grip strength?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The set is designed to provide additional grip, leverage and stability so less hand force is required for many opening tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCould it be useful for arthritis or painful hands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may be helpful where twisting and gripping are uncomfortable because it spreads the task across larger gripping surfaces and provides mechanical leverage. The best option still depends on the user’s individual hand function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is GripMate different from the Goldfern Vacuum Seal Jar Opener?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGripMate is a broader multi-purpose set. The Vacuum Seal Jar Opener is a more specialised tool for releasing pop-off vacuum seals before the lid is turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Goldfern Table Top Jar Opener?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Table Top Jar Opener is designed around stabilising the jar and improving leverage from the bench. GripMate provides several handheld and non-slip options for a wider range of containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it open every jar or bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo opening aid can suit every lid shape and size. Very large, unusually shaped, damaged or extremely tight closures may require another tool or assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the jar opener?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jar opener measures approximately 22.7 x 9.3 x 2.1 cm and weighs 128 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the bottle and can opener?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe multipurpose opener measures approximately 14.5 x 5.5 x 2.7 cm and weighs 64 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the set be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the components clean using a method appropriate for their materials, remove food residue promptly and allow them to dry before storage. Avoid using the tools if a gripping surface becomes damaged or excessively worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern GripMate available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern GripMate Jar and Bottle Opener Set is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip mat, multi-size jar opener, multipurpose bottle\/can opener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJar opener size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 22.7 x 9.3 x 2.1 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJar opener weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\/can opener size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 14.5 x 5.5 x 2.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottle\/can opener weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary purpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional grip, leverage and container stability for everyday opening tasks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42492251439179,"sku":"GF-GRIPMATE","price":24.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Gripmate_main.png?v=1779698280"},{"product_id":"telescopic-foot-cleaning-brush-file","title":"Telescopic Foot Cleaning Brush \u0026 File","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTelescopic Foot Cleaning Brush \u0026amp; File\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTelescopic Foot Cleaning Brush \u0026amp; File\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical long-reach bathing and foot-care aid for people who find bending or reaching their feet difficult. The adjustable handle extends from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e47.8 to 66 cm (18.82–25.98\")\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping bring everyday foot and toe care within easier reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe head is \u003cstrong\u003ereversible\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a narrow bristle brush on one side for washing around the feet and between the toes, and an abrasive foot-file surface on the other for gentle use on intact areas of dry or rough skin. The simple manual design requires no batteries or power and can be rinsed after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescopic handle\u003c\/strong\u003e adjusts from approximately 47.8 to 66 cm (18.82–25.98\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible two-sided head\u003c\/strong\u003e – bristle cleaning brush on one side and abrasive foot-file surface on the other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNarrow brush side helps clean around and between the toes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbrasive file side can be used gently to smooth dry, rough skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended reach can reduce the amount of bending needed during foot care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual design with no batteries or power required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for normal bath or shower personal-care routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and easy to rinse and dry between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Telescopic Foot Cleaning Brush?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFoot care can become awkward when flexibility, balance or mobility makes it difficult to reach the feet. This two-in-one design combines an adjustable long handle with a reversible head, giving you a washing brush on one side and an abrasive filing surface on the other without needing separate attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMaking Everyday Tasks More Manageable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTelescopic Foot Cleaning Brush \u0026amp; File is designed to reduce unnecessary reaching, gripping or twisting during a familiar daily task. The most useful setup depends on the user’s hand strength, range of movement and the environment in which it will be used. Practise the movement while seated or otherwise well supported before relying on the aid during a full routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep handles and contact surfaces clean and dry, inspect moving or gripping parts regularly, and store the product where it can be reached without creating another awkward movement. An occupational therapist can suggest task-specific techniques or alternatives where pain, weakness or limited movement makes the activity difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the reversible head work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe same head has two working surfaces: a narrow bristle brush on one side for washing the feet and around the toes, and an abrasive file surface on the other for gentle smoothing of intact areas of dry or rough skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe telescopic handle adjusts from approximately 47.8 cm to 66 cm (18.82–25.98\").\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in the shower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is suitable for normal shower use as part of a personal-care routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in the bath?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The brush can also be used during a normal bath routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the long handle reduce bending?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides extra reach, which can reduce how far the user needs to bend compared with a short hand-held foot brush or file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan soap or body wash be used with the brush?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A normal cleansing product suitable for the user's skin can be used with the bristle brush side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the foot file be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse light pressure on intact areas of dry or rough skin and stop if the skin becomes uncomfortable or irritated. Do not use the abrasive side on broken, inflamed or damaged skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for people with sensitive feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brush and abrasive surface may feel too firm for some users. Use gentle pressure and choose an appropriately mild foot-care method if the skin is fragile or sensitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I have reduced feeling or circulation in my feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePeople with reduced foot sensation, circulation concerns or other conditions requiring specialist foot care should seek appropriate professional advice before using an abrasive foot file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the head thoroughly after use, remove soap or debris, and allow it and the handle to dry in a well-ventilated area before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a completely manual bathing and foot-care aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a medical foot-care device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a daily-living bathing and personal-care aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTelescopic long-reach foot cleaning brush and file\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 47.8–66 cm (18.82–25.98\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle reversible two-sided head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrush side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNarrow bristle cleaning brush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFile side\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbrasive foot-file surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoot and toe washing; gentle smoothing of dry, rough skin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse environment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBath or shower personal care\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43159408640075,"sku":null,"price":55.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/d09bd99645364e0fa787ff0fb9ab2183-goods.avif?v=1788774167"},{"product_id":"chevron-multi-tray-trolley","title":"Chevron Multi-Tray Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eChevron Multi-Tray Trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight, height-adjustable household trolley designed to make it easier to move smaller items around the home. Two heat-resistant trays provide useful carrying space for meals, drinks and everyday essentials, while the compact frame is well suited to indoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth trays are removable for straightforward cleaning, and the trolley runs on four 7.5 cm swivel castors to support easy manoeuvring and stable positioning. The overall height adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e78.5 to 93.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the trolley to be set up to suit the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChevron Multi-Tray Trolley – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight Indoor Trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e – Designed for moving smaller household items around indoor spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Overall height adjusts from 78.5 to 93.5 cm to suit different users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Heat-Resistant Trays\u003c\/strong\u003e – Provides two practical surfaces for carrying meals, drinks and everyday items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Trays\u003c\/strong\u003e – Both trays can be removed to make routine cleaning easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel Castors\u003c\/strong\u003e – Four 7.5 cm castors support smooth manoeuvrability and stable positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e – Overall width of 46.5 cm and length of 49 cm make it practical for use around the home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight 5 kg Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Easy to reposition while providing practical everyday carrying support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Chevron Multi-Tray Trolley designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for indoor use and helps with moving smaller household items from room to room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the trolley height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its overall height adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e78.5 to 93.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many trays does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has two trays, providing separate surfaces for carrying everyday household items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the trays heat resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both trays are heat resistant, making them useful for carrying items such as meals and drinks around the home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the trays be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both trays are removable, which makes routine cleaning easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of wheels does the trolley use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses four \u003cstrong\u003e7.5 cm swivel castors\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to provide good manoeuvrability and stability indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the trolley easy to manoeuvre indoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its four swivel castors allow the trolley to change direction easily when moving through indoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures \u003cstrong\u003e46.5 cm wide x 49 cm long\u003c\/strong\u003e, with an adjustable overall height of \u003cstrong\u003e78.5–93.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Chevron Multi-Tray Trolley weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is designed primarily for indoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product code for the Chevron Multi-Tray Trolley is \u003cstrong\u003e290\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the Chevron Multi-Tray Trolley be delivered in New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart can arrange delivery throughout New Zealand. Please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact MoveSmart\u003c\/a\u003e if you would like help with ordering or delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChevron Multi-Tray Trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.5–93.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrays\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 removable heat-resistant trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCastors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4 × 7.5 cm swivel castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntended use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor household transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Chevron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43162421821515,"sku":"290","price":349.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/chevron-multi-tray-trolley.jpg?v=1788777920"},{"product_id":"byacre-dorica-multifunctional-shower-stool-and-step","title":"byACRE Dorica Multifunctional Shower Stool and Step","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Dorica – Multifunctional Shower Stool and Step\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Dorica\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight, two-piece stool for showering, getting dressed and everyday tasks around the home. Reconfigure the interlocking sections to choose from \u003cstrong\u003e27, 38 or 50.5 cm seat heights\u003c\/strong\u003e, or use Dorica as a step, footrest or side table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e1.9 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is easy to carry between rooms. The manufacturer rates it for a \u003cstrong\u003emaximum user weight of 200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose \u003cstrong\u003eGlacier Green, Graphite Grey or Baltic Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree seat heights in one stool:\u003c\/strong\u003e change the configuration without tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater-resistant EPP:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for shower, household and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip feet and curved surfaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e help maintain contact with the floor and shed water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e move the 1.9 kg stool where it is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional design:\u003c\/strong\u003e use for sitting, stepping, foot support or as a small table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm-touch surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e expanded polypropylene feels comfortable against the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same dimensions and capacity across the range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Dorica?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDorica brings several everyday functions into one compact piece of furniture. Keep it in the bathroom for seated washing, take it to the bedroom for dressing, or move it outside for a seated gardening task. Its sculpted form fits naturally into living spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Your Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach colour includes the same two-piece design and all three seat-height settings. Dorica has no armrests or backrest, so consider your preferred seated position and the support you need. Measure the available floor space against the 48.4 cm base width and 39 cm overall length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/1jTkzSndlbU?si=5SQ1uDoLjfKLmY6v\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/5pb7gTuII9M?si=Ol8ABmnDQ2oZl3M5\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the byACRE Dorica?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA multifunctional stool for showering, dressing and everyday seating, which also works as a step, footrest or side table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat heights are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery colour has three seat heights: 27, 38 and 50.5 cm. These are configurations of the same two-piece stool, so there is no separate size variant to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe complete Dorica weighs 1.9 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's stated maximum user weight is 200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in the shower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its water-resistant EPP body, curved water-shedding surface and non-slip feet are designed for wet environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have arms or a backrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Dorica is an open, backless stool. Check that this seating format suits the support you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need tools to change the height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Reconfigure the two interlocking pieces to change the seat height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Glacier Green, Graphite Grey or Baltic Blue. All three have the same published dimensions and capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is EPP?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEPP means expanded polypropylene, a lightweight, durable and recyclable material with a warm-touch surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outside?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Dorica is designed for indoor and outdoor use, including the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I care for it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the surface regularly and remove standing water after use. Use a heatproof mat under hot dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDorica is designed and produced in Denmark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand \/ model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Dorica\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlacier Green; Graphite Grey; Baltic Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 \/ 38 \/ 50.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth at top\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth at base\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpanded polypropylene (EPP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo interlocking pieces; tool-free height changes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor, outdoor and shower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenmark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Glacier Green","offer_id":43179472355403,"sku":"26101","price":289.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Graphite Grey","offer_id":43179472388171,"sku":"26102","price":289.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Baltic Blue","offer_id":43179472420939,"sku":"26103","price":289.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/byacre-dorica-glacier-green.jpg?v=1789009074"},{"product_id":"tas-tech-adjustable-chair-platform","title":"Tas-Tech Adjustable Chair Platform","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTas-Tech Adjustable Chair Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tas-Tech Adjustable Chair Platform raises a suitable household or rehabilitation chair as a complete supported base rather than placing separate blocks beneath individual legs. The platform adjusts from approximately 50 × 50 cm to 86 × 86 cm to suit different chair footprints and is available in four lift heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable platform footprint from 50 × 50 cm to 86 × 86 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour lift heights: 5, 7.5, 10 and 15 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600 kg weight limit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 3.3 kg product weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlywood construction with professional lacquer finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to raise a suitable chair for easier access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured in Christchurch, New Zealand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTas-Tech 3-year replacement warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing and Using This Product\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the chair's contact footprint before ordering and choose only the amount of extra height required. Raising a chair changes seat height, foot position and stability. The chair must sit fully supported and level on the platform before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat lift heights are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 cm, 7.5 cm, 10 cm and 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat chair sizes can the platform accommodate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable footprint ranges from 50 × 50 cm to 86 × 86 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum weight limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe platform weight limit is 600 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the platform weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installation require tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe platform can be installed without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlywood with a professional lacquer finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the correct height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the minimum rise that achieves the required seat height and still allows safe foot placement and transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used with every chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The chair footprint, leg\/base shape and stability must fit safely within the adjustable platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lacquered surface can be cleaned with household bleach or a suitable household cleaner; follow the cleaner instructions and dry the surface afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it made in New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Tas-Tech manufactures the range in Christchurch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty applies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3-year full replacement warranty applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTas-Tech Services\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 cm to 86 × 86 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRaise heights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 7.5, 10 or 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlywood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplier codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eACP50, ACP75, ACP100, ACP150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Tas-Tech Services","offers":[{"title":"5 cm","offer_id":46214362234955,"sku":"ACP50","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7.5 cm","offer_id":46214362267723,"sku":"ACP75","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 cm","offer_id":46214362300491,"sku":"ACP100","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 cm","offer_id":46214362333259,"sku":"ACP150","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Tas-Tech_Adjustable_Chair_Platform_with_recliner.png?v=1790295242"},{"product_id":"tas-tech-chair-bed-blocks","title":"Tas-Tech Chair \/ Bed Blocks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTas-Tech Chair \/ Bed Blocks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTas-Tech Chair \/ Bed Blocks are individual pyramid-shaped furniture raisers with rounded corners, available in three recess styles and four lift heights. They can be used beneath suitable chair or bed feet when a small increase in furniture height is needed for access or transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree recess choices for different furniture feet or castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound recess: 8 cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastor recess: 6.4 cm diameter, intended for 5 cm castor wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSquare recess: 7.7 × 7.7 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour raise heights: 5, 7.5, 10 and 15 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13 × 13 cm block footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600 kg weight limit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF body with plywood top and lacquer finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRounded edges and corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Zealand made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing and Using This Product\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure every furniture foot or castor before choosing the recess type. All support points must use the same raise height and sit securely in the blocks so the furniture remains level and stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat heights are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 cm, 7.5 cm, 10 cm and 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat recess shapes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRound, castor and square recesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the round recess?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 cm diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the castor recess?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6.4 cm diameter, listed by Tas-Tech as suitable for 5 cm wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the square recess?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7.7 × 7.7 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the block footprint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach block is approximately 13 × 13 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the weight limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e600 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does each block weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApprox. 0.5 kg at 5 cm, 0.75 kg at 7.5 cm, 1 kg at 10 cm and 1.5 kg at 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix different heights under one item of furniture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. All support points should be raised evenly unless a qualified assessment specifically requires otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure each furniture foot or castor sits securely in the recess and that the furniture is level and stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty applies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3-year full replacement warranty applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTas-Tech Services\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlock footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 × 13 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRaise heights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 7.5, 10 or 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRound recess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCastor recess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 cm diameter (for 5 cm wheels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSquare recess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.7 × 7.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF with plywood top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer-block weights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 \/ 0.75 \/ 1 \/ 1.5 kg by height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Tas-Tech Services","offers":[{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Round hole \/ 5 cm","offer_id":46214362366027,"sku":"CB1","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Round hole \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":46214362398795,"sku":"CB2","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Round hole \/ 10 cm","offer_id":46214362431563,"sku":"CB3","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Round hole \/ 15 cm","offer_id":46214362464331,"sku":"CB4","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Castor hole \/ 5 cm","offer_id":46214362497099,"sku":"CB1C","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Castor hole \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":46214362529867,"sku":"CB2C","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Castor hole \/ 10 cm","offer_id":46214362562635,"sku":"CB3C","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Castor hole \/ 15 cm","offer_id":46214362595403,"sku":"CB4C","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Square hole \/ 5 cm","offer_id":46214362628171,"sku":"CB1S","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Square hole \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":46214362660939,"sku":"CB2S","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Square hole \/ 10 cm","offer_id":46214362693707,"sku":"CB3S","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 4 \/ Square hole \/ 15 cm","offer_id":46214362726475,"sku":"CB4S","price":329.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Round hole \/ 5 cm","offer_id":48947564118091,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Round hole \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":48947564150859,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Round hole \/ 10 cm","offer_id":48947564183627,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Round hole \/ 15 cm","offer_id":48947564216395,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Castor hole \/ 5 cm","offer_id":48947564249163,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Castor hole \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":48947564281931,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Castor hole \/ 10 cm","offer_id":48947564314699,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Castor hole \/ 15 cm","offer_id":48947564347467,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Square hole \/ 5 cm","offer_id":48947564380235,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Square hole \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":48947564413003,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Square hole \/ 10 cm","offer_id":48947564445771,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 6 \/ Square hole \/ 15 cm","offer_id":48947564478539,"sku":null,"price":489.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/FurnitureRaiser.png?v=1790163046"},{"product_id":"tas-tech-double-queen-king-bed-raisers","title":"Tas-Tech Double, Queen \u0026 King Bed Raisers – Sets of 2 or 3","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTas-Tech Double, Queen \u0026amp; King Bed Raisers – Sets of 2 or 3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTas-Tech Double, Queen \u0026amp; King Bed Raisers are available as either a set of 2 or a set of 3 matching raisers\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the quantity that matches the support layout of the bed being raised, then select the required lift height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach raiser is a full-width plywood support designed for larger beds including double, queen, king and super king frames. The adjustable length accommodates a range of bed widths, while the fixed bottom plate and non-slip painted leg recesses help keep the bed securely supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable as a set of 2 or set of 3 raisers.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll raisers in the selected set are the same lift height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for compatible double, queen, king and super king beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable length from 115 to 170 cm per raiser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour raise heights: 5, 7.5, 10 and 15 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 × 9 cm leg recesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600 kg weight limit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlim plywood design to reduce unnecessary trip projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed bottom plate for stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip paint inside the leg recesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional lacquer finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured in Christchurch, New Zealand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Correct Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst choose whether the bed requires \u003cstrong\u003e2 raisers or 3 raisers\u003c\/strong\u003e to support its leg or base layout correctly. Then select the required lift height. All support points should be raised evenly so the bed remains level and stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the distance between the bed legs, the size of each leg and the number of support points before ordering. Use the minimum extra height that achieves the required mattress or transfer height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many raisers are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can choose either a \u003cstrong\u003eset of 2\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003eset of 3\u003c\/strong\u003e matching raisers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the listed price for the whole set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The price shown for each variant is for the complete selected set — either two raisers or three raisers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know whether I need 2 or 3 raisers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCount the bed support points that need to be raised and check the bed's frame layout. Choose the quantity that allows all relevant supports to be raised evenly and securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix a set of 2 and a set of 3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected set is supplied with matching raisers at one lift height. Do not mix different lift heights under the same bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich bed sizes are these raisers intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are designed for compatible double, queen, king and super king beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat length range does each raiser cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach raiser adjusts from approximately 115 cm to 170 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich raise heights are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 cm, 7.5 cm, 10 cm and 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the leg recesses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 9 × 9 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight limit is 600 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is there a bottom plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixed lower plate helps stabilise the full-width raiser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the recesses finished with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe leg recesses have a non-slip painted finish to help reduce movement at the furniture feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these be used on any bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The bed's leg layout, leg size, support count and overall width must fit the selected raisers correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the lift height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the smallest lift height that achieves the intended mattress or transfer height while keeping the bed stable and level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should the raisers be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lacquered surface can be cleaned with household bleach or a suitable household cleaner; follow the cleaner instructions and dry afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty applies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3-year full replacement warranty applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTas-Tech Services\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet of 2 or set of 3 raisers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable bed sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble, Queen, King, Super King\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115–170 cm per raiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRaise heights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 7.5, 10 or 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg recess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 × 9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlywood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lacquer with non-slip leg recesses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet-of-2 supplier codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDB50, DB75, DB100, DB150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Tas-Tech Services","offers":[{"title":"Set of 2 \/ 5 cm","offer_id":46214364528715,"sku":"DB50","price":595.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 2 \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":46214364561483,"sku":"DB75","price":595.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 2 \/ 10 cm","offer_id":46214364594251,"sku":"DB100","price":595.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 2 \/ 15 cm","offer_id":46214364627019,"sku":"DB150","price":595.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 3 \/ 5 cm","offer_id":48947588366411,"sku":null,"price":895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 3 \/ 7.5 cm","offer_id":48947588399179,"sku":null,"price":895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 3 \/ 10 cm","offer_id":48947588431947,"sku":null,"price":895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Set of 3 \/ 15 cm","offer_id":48947588464715,"sku":null,"price":895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/King_Bed_and_Bed_Raiser.png?v=1790294982"},{"product_id":"tas-tech-single-bed-sofa-raisers","title":"Tas-Tech Single Bed \u0026 Sofa Raisers – Pair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTas-Tech Single Bed \u0026amp; Sofa Raisers – Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTas-Tech Single Bed \u0026amp; Sofa Raisers are supplied as a pair — one purchase includes two matching raisers\u003c\/strong\u003e. The pair is designed to be used together to raise a suitable single bed or sofa evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach raiser provides a stable full-width support platform with an adjustable length of approximately 53–110 cm. The slim plywood construction includes a fixed lower plate plus non-slip painted leg recesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied as a pair \/ set of 2 raisers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for suitable single beds and sofas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth raisers are used together to keep the furniture evenly supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable length from 53 to 110 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour raise heights: 5, 7.5, 10 and 15 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 × 9 cm leg recesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600 kg weight limit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 3.3 kg product weight per raiser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed bottom plate for stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip painted leg recesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional lacquer finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Zealand manufactured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing and Using This Product\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the furniture leg spacing and leg size before ordering. \u003cstrong\u003eThe product is supplied as two matching raisers and both should be used together\u003c\/strong\u003e so the bed or sofa remains level and evenly supported. Choose the minimum lift height needed for comfortable access and make sure all furniture feet sit securely within the recesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many raisers are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo. Each purchase is for a \u003cstrong\u003epair \/ set of 2 matching raisers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the listed price for one raiser or the pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed price is for the complete pair of two raisers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat furniture is this raiser pair intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for suitable single beds and sofas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo both raisers need to be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The two matching raisers are intended to be used together so the furniture remains level and evenly supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat length range does each raiser cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 53–110 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich raise heights are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 cm, 7.5 cm, 10 cm and 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the leg recesses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 9 × 9 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e600 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does each raiser weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach raiser weighs approximately 3.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are the leg recesses non-slip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe painted recesses help reduce movement at the furniture feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the pair be used with every sofa?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Check that the sofa leg layout, spacing and leg size are compatible with the raisers before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the right height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the minimum lift needed to achieve the desired seat or mattress height while maintaining safe foot placement and furniture stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the furniture need to remain level?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both raisers should be the same height and correctly positioned so the bed or sofa remains level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty applies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3-year full replacement warranty applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTas-Tech Services\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair \/ set of 2 raisers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable furniture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle beds and sofas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53–110 cm per raiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRaise heights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5, 7.5, 10 or 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg recess\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 × 9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.3 kg per raiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlywood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplier codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSBS50, SBS75, SBS100, SBS150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Tas-Tech Services","offers":[{"title":"5 cm","offer_id":46214364790859,"sku":"SBS50","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7.5 cm","offer_id":46214364823627,"sku":"SBS75","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 cm","offer_id":46214364856395,"sku":"SBS100","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15 cm","offer_id":46214364889163,"sku":"SBS150","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Single_Bed_raiser.png?v=1790294692"},{"product_id":"tas-tech-wooden-rehabilitation-utility-trolley","title":"Tas-Tech Wooden Rehabilitation Utility Trolley","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTas-Tech Wooden Rehabilitation Utility Trolley\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tas-Tech Wooden Rehabilitation \/ Utility Trolley is a solid-pine household trolley for moving everyday items from room to room. It uses twin 7.5 cm castors for manoeuvrability and a recessed lower tray, and is available with or without an upper handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid furniture-grade pine construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional spray finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin 7.5 cm castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecessed lower tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith-handle and no-handle options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 43 × 43 cm footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 5.5 kg product weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 kg maximum placed load on the tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Zealand manufactured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTas-Tech 3-year replacement warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing and Using This Product\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a utility trolley, not a walking frame. It is not designed for walking support or body-weight support. Use the trolley only for moving items within its tray load limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this trolley a walking aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is not designed to be used as a walker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoving everyday items from room to room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a handle option?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is available with a handle (RT1H) or without a handle (RT1).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe footprint is approximately 43 × 43 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the handled version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 87 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the version without a handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 81 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the tray load limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum 30 kg of placed load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the castors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwin 7.5 cm castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid furniture-grade pine with a professional spray finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty applies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 3-year full replacement warranty applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTas-Tech Services\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRehabilitation \/ utility trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight with handle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight without handle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 5.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTray load limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCastors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin 7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid furniture-grade pine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplier codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRT1H (handle), RT1 (no handle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWalking aid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Tas-Tech Services","offers":[{"title":"With handle","offer_id":46214365118539,"sku":"RT1H","price":419.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without handle","offer_id":46214365151307,"sku":"RT1","price":419.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Trolley_with_Handles_Lifestyle_Image.png?v=1790299233"},{"product_id":"derby-elephant-feet-furniture-raisers-set-of-4","title":"Derby Elephant Feet Furniture Raisers – Set of 4","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDerby Elephant Feet Furniture Raisers – Set of 4\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDerby Elephant Feet\u003c\/strong\u003e are a set of four furniture raisers designed to increase the height of a suitable bed or chair. Each raiser has a recessed top that receives the furniture leg or castor, while a non-slip insert helps keep it securely positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo heights are available: \u003cstrong\u003e9 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e14 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The safe working load is \u003cstrong\u003e100 kg per foot\u003c\/strong\u003e. These are useful when a bed or chair sits too low for comfortable transfers and a simple, removable height increase is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of four bed and chair raisers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in \u003cstrong\u003e9 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e14 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 kg safe working load per foot\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecessed top helps locate a furniture leg or castor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip inserts help provide a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to fit and remove from suitable furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to increase furniture height without permanently modifying the bed or chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for suitable household beds, chairs and similar furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Correct Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the smallest rise that gives the required seat or mattress height. Raising furniture changes transfer height, foot position and overall stability, so the bed or chair should remain level and all four feet or castors should sit securely inside the raisers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, measure the furniture feet or castors and check that they fit within the approximately \u003cstrong\u003e9 cm recess\u003c\/strong\u003e. These raisers are intended for compatible furniture only; they should not be used where the feet cannot sit flat and securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/hrMzhPkuDAU?si=AqA9VOPgS7boO8kY\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/AgNSABkRRis?si=8nFfRRZoAKKjiQuP\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are Derby Elephant Feet used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey raise the height of a suitable bed or chair to change the seat or mattress height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many raisers are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set contains four raisers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich heights are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo height options are available: 9 cm and 14 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load is 100 kg per foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size furniture feet fit the recess?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recess is approximately 9 cm across. Measure the furniture leg or castor before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they work with castors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used with suitable castors where the castor sits safely within the recessed top and the furniture remains stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the raisers have non-slip inserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Non-slip inserts help keep the furniture foot or castor securely located.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used under beds?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, where the bed feet or castors fit correctly and the bed remains level and stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan they be used under chairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for suitable chairs with compatible feet or castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix 9 cm and 14 cm raisers under the same item of furniture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. All support points should normally be raised evenly so the furniture remains level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these permanently attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. They are designed to be fitted and removed from compatible furniture without permanently altering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm that every furniture foot or castor is fully seated, that all four raisers are stable on the floor, and that the furniture does not rock or shift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDerby\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFurniture raisers \/ bed and chair raisers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 cm or 14 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg per foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecess size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e9 cm supplier code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e181\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e14 cm supplier code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e182\/4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop feature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed support area with non-slip insert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended furniture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable beds and chairs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Derby","offers":[{"title":"9 cm","offer_id":46214368952395,"sku":"181\/4","price":119.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14 cm","offer_id":46214368985163,"sku":"182\/4","price":139.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/0001091_derby-elephant-feet-in-black.webp?v=1790159735"}],"url":"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/daily-living-aids.oembed?page=3","provider":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}